Post Archive

Region: Commonwealth of Liberty

History

Formalizing the informal: Suharto named President of Indonesia

Soeharto being named President of the Republic of Indonesia was not a matter of ‘if’ but rather ‘when’. The resignation of Soekarno in 1967 and the appointment of Suharto as Acting President of the Republic paved the way for the people of Indonesia to see the General as the nation’s leader who was steering the nation through a period of unprecedented crisis. He had brought order to the chaos caused by the Communists, and had put down, alongside the army, the plot by the PKI to agitate a revolution and plunge Indonesia into the abyss of Marxist-Leninism. The very idea of Indonesia becoming a satellite controlled from Moscow or Beijing was practically inconceivable for the majority of Indonesians, particularly the youth who had been brought up on Western media and political tradition.

However, Suharto had several hurdles to overcome before he could be named President. The People’s Consultative Assembly, the legislature of the Republic, was controlled by Nasution and the Old Guard, which included large chunks of the Indonesian Navy and the Air Force, along with a significant percentage of the Army. It meant that Suharto would be at the mercy of any of their demands if he ever wanted to become President in any legitimate manner. While he had planned to reach out to them, it was the Old Guard which had reached out first. And in person.

The meeting had been held in a sunny morning in the capital of Jakarta at the presidential palace of Istana Negara. The palace had been occupied by Suharto and his allies since Sukarno’s resignation. It was guarded by members of Kostrad, the unit that Suharto once commanded rather than the Paspampres, which were controlled by the Old Guard alongside most law enforcement in the country. The arrival of Penjaga Lama was marked by tensions between Kostrad and members of the Military Police of the Air Force, who had accompanied Nasution, Jusuf, Machmud, and Rahmat to the presidential palace for talks with Suharto. Despite the tensions, it never came to the point of violence, though it marked the wide divide between the factions ruling the country and how the lower ranks themselves felt about the whole affair.

The five men sat around a circular white table in the garden at the rear of the presidential residence. Kept pristine by caretakers, it served as an insular location that separated the nation’s leaders from the generally poor state of the capital. Outside the main palace grounds and government district, Jakarta was wildly unequal, with well-kept residential structures around the center of the city surrounded by slums and badly planned single-family homes. Most of those districts were neglected by Sukarno, and now with Suharto in power, even more so.

“How long are you going to make me wait?” Suharto initiated the conversation, leaning into his chair to the side, hands placed together in his lap in a lazy way. He wanted to exude power.

“When the time is right.” Nasution would apparently served as the spokesman for the group. It wasn’t a surprise, after all, he had served as Speaker of the Consultative Assembly since 1966, and had excelled at the role. He was calm, but firm and held sway over the various disparate political groups that comprised the Assembly. While the body was all but officially suspended, its members continued to operate and Nasution’s influence over them, key parts of the military, the Old Guard itself, religious leaders and various police agencies gave him enough power to put Suharto in check.

“There have been discussions among members of the Assembly. They want to convene in an official manner, confirm your presidency before the body is dissolved and elections are held.”, Nasution explained, having apparently already decided what Suharto was to do.

Suharto chuckled in amusement, glancing at the others sitting at the table who remained motionless, sitting straight like statues. “And you’ve all agreed to this? This show

“A ‘show’ of legitimacy.” Mohammad Jusuf, a Buginise aristocrat who had renounced his heritage and become a soldier in the Indonesian military, interjected. A man of surprising humbleness and calm demeanor, he sought to ‘clarify’ what was being said. He looked down on Suharto for his attitude, which very closely reminded the General of the very aristocratic roots he had denounced. “You cannot be President in the interim in perpetuity.” Jusuf reminded him, before pointing out just how little room to maneuver Suharto really had. “Questions will be raised, and the moment they are sections of the state will be forced to take action.”

“Are you threatening me?” Suharto was incensed at this point, moving from one side of his chair to the other, this time his arms laid protectively crossed before his chest. How dare they? It was him, Suharto, who had brought the New Order and who had toppled the PKI and their Chinese and Soviet backers. Now, these upstarts, who had backed Sukarno since the beginning, wanted to dictate terms to him.

“No. If we want to keep the country together, we have to ensure the transition is legitimate and acceptable.” Nasution said, maintaining his usual diplomatic tone. Though even he wasn’t beyond alluding to consequences should Suharto fail to heed their demands. “To everyone.” He added, making a point to gesture with an open palm toward the walls keeping the men separate from the people they sought to rule.

Whether Suharto wanted it or not, this was the first major play of the Great Game. The Old Guard had moved first and Suharto had been caught off-balance. His focus on containing the Radikals and watching KAMI through his partial control of the army’s intelligence agency had allowed the Old Guard to slip by and catch him unprepared. Now, he’d been forced into a corner with little chance to maneuver his way out. And the worst part is that their demands weren’t unreasonable, but would ultimately have a massive impact on his government. The source of power wouldn’t be himself, as Suharto had envisioned, but rather the Consultative Assembly and no doubt an amended form of the now suspended Indonesian constitution. Bindings that he would have to break in his quest to seize power

“I the name of God, I Soeharto swear to perform the duties of the President of the Republic of Indonesia to the best of my ability and as justly as possible, and that I will strictly observe the Constitution and consistently implement the law and regulations in the service of the country and the people…” Suharto stood before a joint session of the People’s Consultative Assembly as he stated the oath of office. In his hands was a small speech, prepared by himself which he intended to read out after reciting the oath. With a set of microphones before him, and most of the nation listening on the radio and some on the television, he proclaimed: “Today marks the beginning of a New Order. Indonesia shall be guided by Pancasila and strengthened by the spirituality of its people. The Communists have fallen. The colonialists, from Europe to Asia have been defeated. Java, Kalimantan, Maluku, Papua, Sumatra, Sulawesi, separated only by seas, stand together as one.” Suharto then raised a fist, and read the last part of his speech with renewed energy. “Jayalah Indonesia! Jayalah Nusantara!”

The members of the Assembly rose and welcomed the speech with thunderous applause. Suharto grinned, a sense of pride overcoming him as the hundreds of members clapped for him. Even Nasution, the Speaker of the Assembly rose to clap as well, though Suharto would be a fool to believe that anyone standing in that room was giving a standing ovation for him. Everyone, including himself, was merely showing unity for the nation’s sake and their own. Yet, a part of Suharto couldn’t help but smile. Be content at the mere show of admiration for him, to whom Indonesia owed so much.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St

To War!

[Wellington, New Zealand]

January 1969

Prime Minister Holyoake had finally come to a decision on what he felt New Zealand’s big move should be. He figured that if his government could be seen as a strong, anti-communist force then his position would be secured. Holyoake was going to send troops to Vietnam.

Many of his advisors had warned him that this was a dangerous move. First and foremost, there was a lot of opposition amongst the National Party over the premise of the war itself and all the consequences that go along with having troops in active conflict, however, many of them doubted that this kind of manoeuvre would ever push New Zealanders into re-electing them. This just wasn’t in the nature of the country.

However, following a heated debate, Holyoake managed to push the issue over the line and got guarantees of support from all the relevant members of his cabinet and the wider government.

The Prime Minister, in truth, did not like the idea at all. He loathed war and all it stood for, but he felt that he had to show his strength as a leader to secure the National Party and to prevent any potential arguments with the United States. He also feared that any spread of communism in Asia could potentially pose a threat to New Zealand long term, or at least that was what he was telling himself in his mission to justify wading into a proxy war.

In all, this decision was a confusing one. It almost appeared to be a decision made on impulse and one that seemed to have way more assured risks than rewards, but yet the Prime Minister had gone through with it.

He would have to stand by this decision now, hold firm and use it to the best of his ability. The new Party line was clear as New Zealand entered 1969, they were the party of Western ideals and any true anti-communist would support them.

Besides, the United States was the dominant global superpower, soon enough there would be a breakthrough.

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia

БЪЛГАРСКО НАЦИОНАЛНО РАДИО

София, област София-столица, ж.к.

6 януари 1969 г

------------------------------------

THE PEOPLE'S ARMY ON HIGH ALERT AS GENERAL SECRETARY ZHIVKOV CALLS FOR DE-ESCALATION

НАРОДНАТА АРМИЯ В ПОВИШЕНА ГОТОВНОСТ, КАТО ГЕНЕРАЛНИЯ СЕКРЕТАР ЖИВКОВ ПРИЗОВАВА ЗА ДЕЕСКАЛАЦИЯ

Tensions once again rise in the Warsaw Pact between the People's Republic and it's neighbours, as the ongoing conflict between Yugoslavia and the Warsaw Pact continues to escalate beyond control. Since the sinking of a Slovenian cargo ship in the Adriatic, tensions between the Eastern Bloc and it's former ally have continued to rise, first from confrontation between Yugoslavian and Romanian forces over the Iron Gate Hydroelectric Dam, and now with the Soviet Union, over events transpiring in Hungary. Since leaving the socialist brotherhood, Yugoslavia has sought to carve out it's own destiny away from its neighbours, and it's recent activity is not the first to concern Bulgaria. Even before the recent news with Hungary, the Bulgarian-Yugoslavian border continues to be closed, with no traffic or commerce being allowed between the two nations. Border patrols between the two nations have increased to higher levels then before the Second World War, and tensions are at an all time high.

The relationship shared by Bulgaria and Yugoslavia is one that creates a difficult diplomatic situation for the Balkan state. Both nations have shared a long history, with ancient cultural links and historical ties that have brought the two nations into a state of diplomatic harmony. Despite their shared history of jostling for regional power, the Bulgarian state has recognised Yugoslavia as an equal partner in the Balkans and in regional affairs, and since the foundation of the People's Republic, have sought to bring the two nations closer together diplomatically. Even when the border was closed following the incident with Romania, an air of mutual respect existed across the border, with both nations affirming that their main priority was de-escalation and self-defence, and that the relationship shared between the two countries would endure in spite of international affairs.

However, with Yugoslavia now openly backing the troubling events occurring in Hungary, and thus participating in what has been described as the 'orchestrated destabilisation of the Warsaw Pact', the People's Republic is forced to make a stand. The People's Army has been ordered to fully mobilise, with additional personnel and reservists being called up to man the Yugoslavian-Bulgarian border. At this time, in keeping with previous movements, the deployments are to defensible positions only and no efforts to position troops for an offensive operation against Yugoslavia have been made, according to a spokesman of the People's Army. The People's Air Force has stepped up operations, with fighter units flying regular drills in improve their operational capabilities and preparedness. Despite being one of the most highly drilled forces in the Warsaw Pact, the People's Army has not seen any major conflicts since the Second World War aside from low-intensity guerrilla fighting in the Rhodope and Pirin Mountains.

General-Secretary Todor Zhivkov, speaking at the Largo in central Sofia, stated:

"We call on our friends and allies in Yugoslavia and Hungary to see reason. We cannot afford yet another war between ourselves, after so many years spent rebuilding after the last. Bulgaria stands prepared to host any diplomatic talks between the relevant parties, in good faith and in the desire to ensure de-escalation. At such a crucial time in our collective histories, now is the time to stand firm and stand together in the face of doubt and division, and to join together to march forward toward a better future."

Despite calls for peace, reports that the Communist Party has approached the Soviet Union requesting urgent military aid have emerged. Reportedly, the People's Army is eager to strike a comprehensive deal that will see the enlargement and the modernisation of the Bulgarian military forces to ensure readiness in the event of escalations. Some elements of the Party have shown concern that this sudden and dramatic call for military aid may hinder the calls for diplomatic resolution of the crisis, and instead demonstrate a desire for military action. The Party has reiterated it's stance on peace between Balkan states and has confirmed that any and all efforts to expand and arm the People's Army are purely for the defence of the People's Republic.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia, Le Equatoria

★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★

[list][list][list][pre]

"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."

ANWAR EL-SADAT

[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

_________________

[list][sub]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐋𝐀𝐒𝐓 𝐌𝐀𝐑𝐂𝐇[/sub]

[sub]C H A P T E R 1 :

C H A R M

O F F E N S I V E[/sub]

[sub][sup]JAN 1969 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]

[list][sub]In the immediate aftermath of the Setback, the United Arab Republic isolated itself as it focused on rebuilding and reorganizing, something which saw the cutting of any diplomatic relations with countries that supported the Zionist entity's illegal invasion, most prominent of all being the United States. Now having achieved its first substantial economic boost in quite some while, and entering a new phase of the war which requires as much support as possible, President Nasser has begun on a charm offensive to pull the United Arab Republic out of its isolation and back into a fighting stance.[/sub]

[sub]As the new year rolled around, President Nasser publicly announced a 'five-point' program for settlement of the conflict, these five points consisted of complete withdrawal from the Sinai and Golan, establishment of an independent Palestinian state, a permanent ceasefire, and talks perhaps of peace. The proposal is unlikely to be accepted or even seriously considered by the enemy, but it establishes a baseline of exploring all possible avenues to the resolution of this conflict.[/sub]

[list] [pre]| Egypt, Libya, land of the great and land of culture-How great are the strides made here, this jewel of Africa![/pre]

~ ENRICO MATTEI[/list]

[sub]Out of most figures, Enrico Mattei has been one of the strongest allies and personal friends of President Nasser, paving the way for the development and appropriation of Arab oil for Arab interests. A relationship that started with, as Mattei has put it, "The tapping of this immense wealth put at the service of Man, which has lifted both of our peoples, is a testament to a unique, pioneering model - that of the 50-50 - of brotherly cooperation across the gleaming seas of the Mediterranean. It is, through very modern means, the revival of an ancient bond forged between Italy and Egypt during times immemorial, a bond that will never die, never falter, and never be allowed to be broken" .[/sub]

[sub]Mattei, who arrived in his private jet in Cairo, met with Nasser on a semi official basis. The visit saw the re-affirmed commitment of ENI towards its Libyan business interests, as well as its support for the Arab position during a public speech, saying "All just causes are triumphant. I too am confident that one day, the Arabs will triumph in their quest for liberty and self-determination. For too long has the fate of the world laid in the hands of a few: Today, the valiant and determined peoples of the planet rise up, with pure hands and determined minds, to elevate themselves". The visit served as a way to soldify the relations between the two longtime allies, as well as ensure that the UAR"s main lifeline and financial backer remains on its side.[/sub]

[sub]Leaving Cairo, President Nasser made his trip to Moscow where he met with the CPSU's General-Secretary Alexei Kosygin. In a meeting that lasted hours, the pair went over the various Arab-Soviet issues at hand, with the Soviet Union committing to continuing the military cooperation between the two state in light of recent developments, economic investments in the United Arab Republic, ideological matters, and such. The meeting saw Kosygin host Nasser a state dinner. Besides the meeting, Nasser also utilized his stay in Moscow to undergo some health treatment. [/sub]

[sub]As a result of the meeting, the Soviet Union has pledged its support for the United Arab Republic in its mission to force Israel to withdraw from the land it occupied in 1967. With GenSec Kosygin calling for a return of pre-67 borders and the establishment of lasting peace. While not the hardline response many wanted from the UAR's largest ally, it is nonetheless sufficient for the needs of the country. Alongside the diplomatic support, the Soviet Union also agreed to an investment package worth US$ 115m over the course of five years, specifically in raw mineral mining, textiles, and some select heavy industry.[/sub]

[/list]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St, Le Equatoria

[list][pre]T H E S L O V E N E R E P U B L I C • S L O V E N S K A R E P U B L I K A[/pre][/list]

FACTBOOK UPDATE—GREATLY EXPANDED LIST OF CANONICAL TOPONYMS; FOREIGN AFFAIRS UPDATED TO REFLECT 1960s

[list][sup]MOUNTAINS OF BBCODE

JANUARY 1970[/sup][/list]

Slovenia is pretty hefty in this timeline, and a lot of real-life places thus go by different names in Slovenian. Here is a greatly expanded list of them:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1808464

1968–1970 has been particularly eventful, so the foreign relations ledger has been comprehensively updated as well:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1722936

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St, Le Equatoria

JANUARY , 1969

A Local Alcoholic Beverage

| In the town of Taiping in the state of Perak. A new family owned and run business would emerge, operating out of a small shop. This business was doubling as a [I]kopitiam[/I], with there being stalls from other people cooking and selling local food to the customers. The family would own the shop, as well as their own stall. This stall would be serving alcohol which for a time would be alcohol imported from elsewhere. That was until recently when the youngest member of the family own business decided to make their own alcoholic concoction. |

| Their alcoholic concoction would be best described by many as an absolute Frankenstein of a beverage with the ingredients that make up the drink.

[List][I]- 30% rice

- 10% black malt

- 5% hops

- 2.5% pandan leaf

- 2.5% sweet potatoes[/I][/list]

The drink would be labelled as "Lew's Beer". Although it would be called a beer by its creator admittedly without the knowledge on what could be considered a beer and what could be considered a wine. |

| Despite for the weird mixture the drink proved to be somewhat popular. Albeit stuck to being a drink local to [I]Taiping[/I] without the chance to go national. |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Hatzburg, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Mutawakkiliti, Independent Singapore

R E P U P L I C ‎ ‎ O F‎ ‎ ‎S A U D I ‎ ‎ A R A B I A‎ ‎ •‎ ‎ الجمهورية العربية

𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕻𝖎𝖑𝖌𝖗𝖎𝖒𝖆𝖌𝖊

[sup][sub][pre]Chapter 1;

A Communist Plight[/pre][/sup][/sub]

It poured outside. The rain seemed to grow ever so heavier as the wagon rode on the rough rocks. The man inside asked a question to his passenger, though his reasons for the coming vague, he assumed it was for the annual pilgrimage. As the 'pilgrim', whose name was Mekkah, travelled to the holy site, he realized something was off. He signaled to his driver to stop, he saw what seemed like an Arabian Military Officer. He stopped, and yelled, "Who are you?" the man replied, "I am a military officer of the Mekkah District, I have seemed to lose my way. . ." he said, hopelessly looking into the skies, saying a silent prayer, he continued; "I am simply here because my office dispatched me here," he said, then, the 'pilgrim' responded; "I see, well, are you looking for a ride? Assuming you are from where you say, officer." he said in a rather kind voice, inviting the man to sit on the cushioned seats. "Yes, yes, that would be quite the help." he said as he entered from the heavy rain and went into the cart, the rider was signaled to keep going. As he continued along the route he was told, he saw something in the distance. He thought it was another lost pilgrim. So, he invited them on. It was a family of five. As the rider continued, he rode past countless omens of a countries once beautiful capital into a hell of uncertainty and undecided government action. He finally made it. The Holy 'Cube', as english speakers would call it. He signaled them off as they entered into the muddy gravel. No one had been here in years. Assuming it was open, they prayed, and prayed, and prayed for their country to be saved. It was too much for them to bear. The Holy Quran to guide them in their needs. If their prayers were heard, they would know it. Until now, the Saudi Arabian Republic had been a theocracy, ruled solely by God and his messengers. This once beneficial utopia fell into disrepair. Now, the once theocracy fell to the fight of Communism and Capitalism, fighting to find their place. The Country needed guidance. This was not the way of the Quran. The people stopped their prayers, and continued back to the wagon, and told him to return them to where they had once been. Out on the streets of despair, out where the cold and damned were seen as weak, as they were. This country had fallen far from its incarnation in 1962. This country was no longer protected by god, nor mekkah, only by the corrupt. No one could save it where it was right now, the people needed to save it, the people needed to help the country in its time of need. Thus, it would be fulfilled.

END

[pre]A Question of Morality[/pre]

| For almost one hundred years, the Saudi Arabian Republic has been ruled by a theocratic king, but after the Arabian Revolutions, it is now ruled by a Prime Minister, and a king is just a mere lead figure, not an actual political figure. This was known as The Purge of Islamic Theocratic, or Purge of The Theocratic for short. This saw the immediate arrest of over 300-500 government officials who were involved with either the courts of Saudi Arabia or its allies. These people were put in prison and are still there today. The Prime Minister, once known as General Kukarat, stated,

"To those who think this action to be cruel; It is but a precaution to keep our country safe. It is my duty to protect my people, and we will. We will not rule by something that more than likely does not exist, for we must rule by the people, not by god.

This statement sent shockwaves through the Islamic World, and people were unhappy. This new government has done the opposite of wonders for the country, it has seen great horror in its state. Though the people are given extensive freedoms, the country is seen as restrictive and a dictatorship. Who knows what is next for Saudi Arabia. For this state is falling apart faster than can be put together.

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Maziya, Hatzburg, Independent Singapore

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR[/pre][/list]

______

MINISTRY OF THE INTERIOR: GEORGES POMPIDOU TAKES THE SPOTLIGHT VOICING HIS POLITICAL AMBITIONS

[sub]VTH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JANUARY 1969[/sub][/list]

[pre] THE FUTURE OF FRANCE [/pre]

[sub]| HELM OF LIBERTÉ, MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR - | During the weekly cabinet meeting at the Elysée Palace, Foreign Minister Michel Debré was rambling incessantly when President Charles de Gaulle interrupted him with the tossing his head in obvious disagreement. The general wanted to make clarify an earlier statement and make it official. "I was re-elected President on December 19, 1965, for seven years by the French people," declared De Gaulle, "in the accomplishment of the national task that has been bestowed upon me, I intend to fulfill this mandate to the end, as that is my obligation." De Gaulle directed Information Minister Joël Le Theule to repeat his speech verbatim to reporters in order to ensure that the French people understood it.[/sub]

[sub]Turning 78 years old last November, De Gaulle has declared that old age is "a shipwreck" and that "one must know how to retire." However, up until last week, the general had remained reticent regarding the date of his farewell. Colleagues speculated that he could depart early. Given De Gaulle's penchant for symbolism, the most frequently assumed dates were either June 18, 1970—the 30th anniversary of his broadcast in London advocating for French resistance—or his 80th birthday later that same year. De Gaulle last week had to give up his sly ways because another fox had started acting bluntly. During a trip to Rome, former premier Georges Pompidou, a member of the Gaullist movement, made his intentions public by stated that he would run for president "if the presidency is one day vacant." Since Maurice Couve de Murville abruptly took over for De Gaulle as his new Prime Minister six months ago, Pompidou has been expressing his political aspirations in private. A week after returning to Paris the former Rothschild partner confided in associates, saying, "I will either be the next President of France or leader of the opposition."[/sub]

[sub]Pompidou believes he has a chance to win. He believes that because of his skillful handling of national issues and keeping the French economy on a progressive track during his tenure as Prime Minister. Pompidou's main spokesperson has claimed that there is "a current" traveling between him and the nation. The June special election was swept by the Gaullists, an outcome Pompidou orchestrated, providing evidence of that current. The former Premier believes he was given both a charge and a current. "In reserve," De Gaulle instructed Pompidou to "be prepared to accomplish any mission and to assume any mandate that could one day be confided to you by the nation." Pompidou and nearly all others assumed that this was De Gaulle's prophetic method of christening his closest ally dauphin, preparing him for the moment when the emperor took his retirement. Such conjecture was subdued by the strong declaration made last week. According to Le Monde, "De Gaulle disavows the man who for six years was his closest collaborator." Politicians in France were dubious of Pompidou's timing because he had a lengthy conversation with President De Gaulle prior to leaving for Rome. "He ought to have gone to Florence rather than Rome," a Gaullist deputy grumbled, suggesting that his colleague was behaving something like a fascinating member of the Medici family. Pompidou argued that he had simply spoken out of gallantry after making the announcement over cocktails with newsmen at the French embassy. He said that a woman had posed the question; if a guy had, he would have responded with greater brusqueness. Once officially back in Paris, "Pompon", as the French have come to call him, tempered his comments about Rome in an effort to cool the situation. "Thank God, General de Gaulle is back in the saddle," he said to the newsmen.[/sub]

[sub]Of course, Pompidou has a remarkable sense of gallantry and of course, he spoke at that time for political reasons. De Gaulle instructed him to stay visible even while he reduced his public role. After a comparatively quiet six months, Pompidou had clearly started to fade from the public eye. However, he still remains the official, if unofficial, leader of the Gaullist majority and a deputy in the National Assembly. He has consistently backed De Gaulle's policies; he most famously called the latest presidential embargo on Yugoslavia "impeccable." However, his exposure as a Deputy is limited, and his current office in a Left Bank apartment building is a far cry from the Prime Minister's magnificent accommodations in the Matignon Hotel. Pompidou does however have certain advantages in his presidential campaign. One is that his possible opponent is now performing poorly in terms of his public likability amongst the French population. Robust but uninteresting, Couve de Murville refers to himself as a "provisional Prime Minister" in humor, but Frenchmen are starting to accept this. Debre's lack of enthusiasm for the President's proposals to decentralize government is costing him points with De Gaulle. The persistent student unrest has caused Education Minister Edgar Faure to lose his prestige. Just last week, protesters from the Lycee Saint Louis in Paris briefly took control of the Sorbonne, while at the recently opened University of Vincennes, police had to use tear gas to force out the demonstrators.[/sub]

[sub]Pompidou mean-while has started behaving more like a politician. He no longer takes vacations with the Côte d'Azur dolce vita set with his ash-blonde wife, Claude. Alternatively, they go to their rural house at Cajarc in Lot, where Pompidou is pictured chatting with the locals, or they visit the somber Atlantic Coast. Simultaneously, he is slowly withdrawing from some of the more controversial De Gaulle viewpoints. Even though he supports the Yugoslav embargo, he took issue with De Gaulle's implication that Belgrade is solely responsible for the ongoing crisis in the Balkans. Pompidou also thinks that France should rekindle the flames of European cooperation in the European Union project, with Eastern Europe in shambles. Notably, his projected schedule for 1969 includes visits to the United States, Mexico, Canada and Turkey in addition to province tours in France to talk about internal issues. His next big endeavor is a speech he will give in Geneva in February on "The Future of France," aimed mostly at a French audience. |[/sub]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE L’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Abessinienreich

Adriatican Islands

Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya

Amsterwald

Andorra-

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Astarina

Brazil Toucan

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Earstenia

Falastinyya

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Hollunde

Holy Vatican City States

Hong Kong Delta

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Equatoria

Lieobria

Lucki

Maziya

Medarc

Meerkien

Metropolitan Francais

Monaco-

Mutawakkiliti

Nasrid Algeria

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Ngiera

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Paseo

Poland1St

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Republica De Cuba-

Rio De La Plata Basin

Rutannia

Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia

Saudi Arabiyah

Slipway

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spain-

Spartansk

Tallahan

The Confederate Prussian Empire

The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye

The United States Of Africa

Vancouver Straits

Veliki-Kolombia

Victoria Harbor

Victoria Harbor Ii

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

Zeitenwende

Zingium

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Federated Arab Emirates, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Holy Vatican City States, Federated Turkey, Nasrid Algeria, Batallon De Dignidad, Monaco-, Andorra-, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

15 , JANUARY , 1969

A Seismic Series Of Political Change

| It would be made official. The [I]Alliance Coalition Party[/I] would be no more. The [I]Alliance Coalition Party[/I] a coalition that has been dominating Malaysian politics, since Malaysia's inception, has finally been disbanded as the [I]Malaysian Chinese Association[/I] decides to split from the coalition. Reducing the coalition to just the Malaysian Indian Congress[/I] and [I]United Malay National Organisation[/I]. With those being just the members of the coalition left, [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] decided to officially disband the coalition due to the lack of influence the [I]M.I.C[/I] have on Malaysian politics. |

| With the news coming out about the dissolution of the [I]Alliance Coalition Party[/I]. Experts are expecting this to bring about a massive change in the political landscape of Malaysia. [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54682304]The Star[/URL] [I](a newspaper established by the Malaysian Chinese Association)[/I] publicised the leaving of the [I]M.C.A[/I] as a:

[List][I]"Voluntary decision made by the M.C.A out of the lack of a choice presented by the other parties in the coalition on the matter that is the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54670450]Malaysian Emergency[/URL]."[/I][/list]

With the way it was presented in [I]The Star[/I], the populace that read [I]The Star[/I] being a majority of Malaysians due to the newspaper being written in English allowing, Malaysians of all ethnic and cultural background to be able to read it. The way it was presented soured the general opinion of [I]UMNO[/I] and [I]MIC[/I]. |

| Although [I]UMNO[/I] and [I]MIC[/I] lost some reputation. The [I]MCA[/I] itself hasn't secured it's spot as a strong party in the upcoming general elections. As other parties exist that have developed a strong foothold within the Chinese community. The parties in question being the [I]Democratic Action Party[/I] and [I]GERAKAN[/I]. Parties that has recently appeared and have threatened [I]MCA[/I] position within the Chinese community. However the [I]DAP[/I] have made a minor change in the party by opting to elect more of its Malay members in its party to a spot of candidacy to gain positions in government if the [I]DAP[/I] is successful in the upcoming elections. Along with that the [I]DAP[/I] have begun to get it's Malay members as little as they may be, to appear in states and perform speeches and perform dialogue with the locals to learn more about the general issues of the Malay populace, that have generally elected for [I]UMNO[/I] in the previous elections. |

| With the [I]DAP[/I] continuing to grow in popularity and becoming a potential threat to [I]UMNO[/I] hold over government. Further blows would be made towards the [I]UMNO[/I] government. As [I]GERAKAN[/I], [I]MCA[/I] and the [I]People's Progressive Party[/I] opted to slander [I]UMNO[/I] by citing the Malaysian Emergency and the Sarawakian Insurgency as the failures of the [I]UMNO[/I] government to manage and maintain the peace of the nation. The [url=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54326379]other Malay majority party[/URL]: [I]PRS[/I] have begun to slander [I]UMNO[/I] after news came out about the dissolution of [I]Alliance[/I]. By claiming that [I]UMNO[/I] has failed the Malay people:

[List][I]"UMNO has not brought about enough change in the dynamics of the general wealth of the Malay people in Malaysia. The ethnic Chinese and Indians continue to be generally more wealthy then the Malays, meanwhile the Malays continue to sit in government and do nothing about bringing about privileges for the people who are original to this nation. The Malays! Instead they continue to try and cater towards the Chinese and Indians, who clearly have no sense of loyalty to the nation as they've been the ones who orchestrated acts such as the Malayan Emergency, Sarawakian Insurgency and Malaysian Emergency."

– Ahmad Boestamam, leader of PRS[/I] |[/list]

| Huge blows had been inflicted on [I]UMNO[/I] as the party now enters a new age of uncertainty as the party leader has to navigate how to manage this situation to regain [I]UMNO[/I] popularity. However [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] decided to make a massive decision that would change the fate of Malaysia. He [I](Tunku Abdul Rahman)[/I] announced his retirement from politics upon the start of the 1969 General Election, as [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] announces his successor as [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] who'll be leading [I]UMNO[/I] when [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] officially leaves the realm of politics. |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Hatzburg, Spain-, Independent Singapore

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

The controversial AI economy of United people Common Sense

In the United People of Common Sense (UPCS), the advent of the AI economy sparked both excitement and controversy. At its core, the UPCS embraced technological advancement as a means to improve society's well-being and promote common sense principles. However, the implementation of AI-driven systems raised questions about economic structure and the role of private business.

The UPCS approached the AI economy with a socialist construct, aiming to ensure equitable distribution of resources and opportunities for all citizens. Central to this approach was the idea that AI technologies should be harnessed to benefit society as a whole, rather than serve the interests of a privileged few. As a result, the UPCS government heavily invested in AI research and development, making cutting-edge technologies accessible to everyone.

While this socialist approach to the AI economy promoted inclusivity and fairness, it also posed challenges to traditional notions of private enterprise. In a landscape where AI-driven systems were owned and controlled by the government or public institutions, the viability of private businesses relying on similar technologies became increasingly impractical.

Private businesses faced hurdles in competing with government-backed AI initiatives, which often had greater resources and infrastructure at their disposal. Additionally, the UPCS government implemented regulations and policies that favored collective ownership and collaboration over individual entrepreneurship, further marginalizing private enterprises in the AI economy.

As a result, many private businesses either adapted to the new economic landscape by pivoting their focus to areas not dominated by AI or struggled to remain competitive and eventually folded. While some critics viewed this shift as an infringement on economic freedom, proponents argued that it was necessary to ensure the equitable distribution of wealth and opportunities in the AI-driven future.

Despite the controversy surrounding the socialist construct of the AI economy, the UPCS remained committed to its principles of common sense and collective well-being. By harnessing the power of AI for the greater good, the UPCS aimed to create a society where technological advancement was not a privilege reserved for the elite, but a tool for improving the lives of all citizens.

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

**Title: Earthquake Strikes United People of Common Sense Nation**

In a startling turn of events, the United People of Common Sense Nation, a country known for its rational governance and stable infrastructure, was rocked by a powerful earthquake earlier today. The seismic event, measuring a magnitude of 6.7 on the Richter scale, struck the heart of the nation, leaving residents shaken and infrastructure damaged.

The earthquake, which originated near the capital city, Common Sense City, caused widespread panic and disruption as buildings swayed and roads cracked under the intense tremors. Reports indicate that the epicenter was located in a sparsely populated area, minimizing casualties, but the impact on infrastructure has been significant.

Emergency response teams were swiftly deployed to affected areas to assess the damage and provide assistance to those in need. Despite the nation's preparedness for natural disasters, the scale of the earthquake has posed challenges for relief efforts.

"We are working tirelessly to ensure the safety and well-being of our citizens," stated President John Rational, urging residents to remain calm and cooperate with authorities. "Our priority is to restore normalcy and rebuild any damaged infrastructure as quickly as possible."

The earthquake serves as a sobering reminder of the unpredictable nature of natural disasters, even in a country renowned for its emphasis on logic and reason. While seismic activity is relatively rare in the United People of Common Sense Nation, experts warn that further aftershocks could occur in the coming days.

In response to the disaster, neighboring countries and international organizations have offered assistance and support to aid in the recovery efforts. The United Nations has pledged resources and expertise to assist the nation in rebuilding and strengthening its infrastructure against future seismic events.

As the United People of Common Sense Nation begins the process of recovery and reconstruction, the resilience and unity of its citizens will be put to the test. Despite the challenges ahead, the nation remains steadfast in its commitment to overcoming adversity with logic, reason, and solidarity.

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

**State of the Nation Address by President John Rational**

*Date: February 11, 2024*

*Fellow Citizens of the United People of Common Sense,*

Today, our nation faces a profound challenge. As your president, it is my duty to address you in the wake of the devastating earthquake that has shaken our communities to their core.

First and foremost, I extend my deepest condolences to all those who have lost loved ones, homes, and livelihoods in this tragedy. Our hearts go out to you in this time of sorrow, and we stand with you as you begin to rebuild your lives.

In the face of such adversity, we must unite as one people, setting aside our differences and coming together to support each other. Our response to this disaster must be characterized by compassion, resilience, and above all, a commitment to the well-being of every individual affected.

To that end, I have instructed our emergency response teams to mobilize swiftly and efficiently, providing aid and assistance to those in need. Our priority is to ensure the safety and security of all citizens, and we will spare no effort in this endeavor.

Furthermore, I urge each and every one of you to remain vigilant and prepared for any further aftershocks or complications that may arise. By staying informed and following the guidance of our authorities, we can minimize the impact of this disaster and work towards a swift recovery.

In the days and weeks ahead, let us draw strength from our shared values of resilience, solidarity, and compassion. Together, we will overcome this challenge and emerge stronger than ever before.

May God bless the United People of Common Sense, and may He grant us the courage and wisdom to navigate the road ahead.

Thank you, and goodnight.

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

**The United People of Common Sense: Embracing Life's Unpredictability**

In a world often defined by chaos and complexity, finding solace in the unpredictable nature of the universe might seem counterintuitive. However, for the United People of Common Sense, this motto serves as a guiding principle, a reminder that the universe is under no obligation to adhere to human logic or expectations.

**Origins of the Motto**

The motto, "The universe is under no obligation to make sense," encapsulates a sentiment that has resonated with many individuals throughout history. While its exact origins are uncertain, variations of this idea can be found in literature, philosophy, and even pop culture.

**Embracing Uncertainty**

At its core, the motto encourages individuals to embrace uncertainty and relinquish the need for everything to fit neatly into predefined categories or explanations. It acknowledges the inherent complexity of existence and invites people to adopt a more open-minded perspective.

**Navigating Life's Challenges**

Life is filled with ups and downs, twists and turns that often defy our expectations. In these moments of uncertainty, the United People of Common Sense advocate for a pragmatic approach grounded in acceptance rather than resistance. By acknowledging the inherent randomness of the universe, individuals can better navigate life's challenges with resilience and grace.

**Fostering Creativity and Innovation**

Embracing the unpredictability of the universe can also foster creativity and innovation. When we release the constraints of conventional thinking, we open ourselves up to new possibilities and discoveries. The United People of Common Sense believe that by embracing the unknown, we can unlock our full potential as individuals and as a society.

**Finding Meaning in the Absurd**

While the universe may not always make sense in a traditional sense, the United People of Common Sense argue that there is still beauty and meaning to be found in the absurdity of existence. By embracing life's inherent unpredictability, individuals can cultivate a sense of wonder and awe that enriches their experience of the world.

**Conclusion**

In a world that often feels chaotic and overwhelming, the motto of the United People of Common Sense offers a simple yet profound truth: the universe is under no obligation to make sense. By embracing this idea, individuals can find freedom in uncertainty, foster creativity, and discover meaning in the midst of life's absurdity. In the end, it is through acceptance and open-mindedness that we can truly thrive in an unpredictable world.

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

Sorry guys I couldn't sleep so I just left you with abundance of stories, You're welcome lol

Post by United People Of Common Sense suppressed by Paramountica.

United People Of Common Sense

Dear esteemed members of the Commonwealth of Liberty,

With hope and humility, we, the United People of Common Sense, extend our plea for aid during these challenging times. As we navigate the complexities of our shared world, we recognize the power of unity and cooperation in facing adversity.

In our pursuit of progress and prosperity, we have encountered obstacles that require collective effort to overcome. Whether it be economic hardships, environmental crises, or humanitarian emergencies, we believe in the principle of mutual support and assistance.

Therefore, we humbly request your support and solidarity in our endeavors to build a brighter future for all. Together, let us uphold the values of freedom, justice, and compassion that define our collective identity as members of the Commonwealth of Liberty.

In times of need, let us stand together as partners in progress, lending a helping hand to those in distress. Your assistance will not only alleviate our immediate challenges but also strengthen the bonds of friendship and cooperation between our nations.

We eagerly await your response and remain steadfast in our commitment to a world where liberty and prosperity are shared by all.

With sincere gratitude and warm regards,

The United People of Common Sense

[list][list]DECEMBER 1968

[sup]Stop Space, Feed People[/sup][/list]

[pre] F I N A L F R O N T I E R ¹ [/pre]

[list][sub][pre]

We choose to go to the moon in this

decade and do the other things,

not because they are easy,

but because they are hard—[/pre][/sub]

[pre]AMERICAN MOONSHOT[/pre][/list]

ACROSS CAPE KENNEDY, FLORIDA, Paramountica — MORNING

| Drumming music in the air, engerzies the crowds of people that have organized across the NASA Kennedy Space Center. The protestors number in the HUNDREDS, many are setting up camps and parking their cars and Volkswagen vans. A couple of News vans have also arrived, as a spate of signs held up by the protestors reads: |

[list][sub]”How many must we sacrifice? . . . Moon Rocks for Bread! . . . Moon = American Imperialism . . . BILLIONS FOR SPACE, BUT PENNIES FOR THE HUNGRY? . . . Stop NASA! . . . LBJ All the Way with Boeing, Downing, & NASA, Not Us! . . . [/sub][/list]

| A few of the protestors brought LBJ masks to adorn, as well as President-Elect NIXON ones; as JOHN LEWIS, civil rights activist, takes the stage to strong applause. He stands before a PEACE SIGN banner. |

[list]| JOHN LEWIS, [sub]Protest Leader[/sub] | “. . . You know the man just upped our rent last night! But America’s on the Moon! No hot water, no safety, no lights, but America’s on the Moon! . . . Lyndon, off playing with his war toys in Vietnam, I wonder why he’s trying to get us to land on the Moon? We gotta pay more taxes, but at least America’s on the Moon! Hey, Hey, LBJ! Someone’s gotta take his war toys away! Stop Space, Feed the people NOW!”[/list]

| The Vehicle Assembly Building is seen across the lake, in the distance. To the protestors, a symbol of American useless Imperialist spending, Billions for Space, Pennies for the Hungry. |

[list][list][sup]”. . . From the Mekong Delta to shores of Tonkin Bay, advisors are advising, as the peasants go around and play, gallons of war make night as bright as day!

We fight for coal & zinc & manganese, lumber, fruits, and rice — rubber, pepper, iron ore, tea and spice! Cattle, boxed sugar, all the country through! We fight for tin and tungsten — and freedom too!

Oh listen to the jungle, across the country’s floor, I hear the people shouting “Oh what a lovely war!” We’re testing our new weapons and we’re learning quite a lot — and as they say in Washington, it’s the only war we got!

We fight for coal & zinc & manganese, lumber, fruits, and rice — rubber, pepper, iron ore, tea and spice! Cattle, boxed sugar, all the country through! We fight for tin and tungsten — and freedom too!

It’s often I have wondered — as I march to the war, what is the use of it? What are we fighting for? But Eisenhower said it! And I saw him on T.V.! When we took over from the French in 1953!

We fight for coal & zinc & manganese, lumber, fruits, and rice — rubber, pepper, iron ore, tea and spice! Cattle, boxed sugar, all the country through! We fight for tin and tungsten — and freedom too!

We’re fighting wars on poverty throughout the world today. We can’t lose Southeast Asia, so we’ll bomb it, then we’ll start a tungsten mine and become a millionaire!

We fight for coal & zinc & manganese, lumber, fruits, and rice — rubber, pepper, iron ore, tea and spice! Cattle, boxed sugar, all the country through! We fight for tin and tungsten — and freedom too! . . .”[/sup]

— BILL FREDERICK, Antiwar Movement.[/list][/list]

VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING, KENNEDY SPACE CENTER, FLORIDA, Paramountica — MORNING

| As the HUGE SATURN V Rocket is being rolled out of the VAB by a massive APOLLO CRAWLER-TRANSPORTER slowly moving the SATURN V towards the launch pad, four NASA men: ARMSTRONG, COLLINS, ALDRIN & LOVELL watch it close by on the ground. All sporting browline aviator sunglasses as they look up to the massive rocket, Dr. Von BRAUN’s masterpiece, who is in fact, currently at Mission Control. |

[list]| MIKE COLLINS, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “God damn, that’s one big rocket.”

| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “It’ll go up like a half a kiloton a-bomb if it blows up.”[/list]

| The other men look at Buzz; who isn’t phased by their glares. He smirks. |

[list]| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “It’s a political rush job. Congress wouldn’t be fund us to come in second. Why else would NASA risk sending a new rocket to the moon on its first manned launch?”[/list]

| LOVELL just stares at ALDRIN, annoyed. |

[list]| JIM LOVELL, [sub]CAPCOM[/sub] | “Thanks for the insight, Buzz. Always a pleasure with you.”[/list]

| With that, LOVELL has heard enough, and walks off. COLLINS now shoots a direct look at ALDRIN. ALDRIN can see what he’s gunna say and acts fast. |

[list]| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “Doesn’t matter. He’s not in the Lunar lottery.”

| MIKE COLLINS, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “And you are?”

| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “The only guys they let on the LLTV since Neil’s accident are the ones who might land. That’s Neil or Conrad and I’m, back up with Neil, so. . .”

| MIKE COLLINS, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “So you think you’re going to the Moon.”

| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “It’s been up for grabs since the accident last year—”[/list]

| ALDRIN takes a step back from COLLINS and ARMSTRONG, clearly he’s going too far. |

[list]| BUZZ ALDRIN, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “Look, I’m just saying what you’re thinking—”

| NEIL ARMSTRONG, [sub]NASA Astronaut[/sub] | “—Well, maybe you shouldn’t.”[/list]

| COLLINS turns to face ARMSTRONG, as ARMSTRONG gives a slightly sarcastic smile and proceeds to turn around and walk away as well, ALDRIN is just stunned. |

CIVILIAN OUTSKIRTS, KENNEDY SPACE CENTER, FLORIDA, Paramountica — MORNING

| A crowd has gathered at the designated Civilian viewing era, from all across the United States, Americans have gathered, to watch Apollo 8’s launch with their own eyes, as millions watch on television screens across the states and the world. On one family, the MARTINs from Illinois, their oldest son, BRENNAN, blonde hair, lifts his younger sister on his shoulders, so she may view the launch better. Another family, the TAGOMI’s from the San Francisco Bay Area, have their 8mm film camera to record the event. They originated from Japan before the war, and are happy to see this great achievement for a country they now call home. |

PRIVATE VIEWING ROOM, KENNEDY SPACE CENTER, FLORIDA, Paramountica — MORNING

| ARMSTRONG, ALDRIN, and a few military and NASA men are all standing, faces towards the wide windows as they watch the Saturn V. Nearby in Mission Control Room, systems are being monitored, as over the PA, news from Mission Control are being projected into the viewing room, as well as the broadcasts on CBS, NBC, & ABC. |

[list]| LAUNCH CONTROL, [sub]NASA[/sub] [sup](OVER PA)[/sup] | “All systems go on Apollo 8 . . . man’s first attempt to orbit the Moon. The engines are armed . . .”[/list]

| All eyes are focused as the Saturn V rocket flames begin to light up its surrounding area, far away enough to not damage anything else. The RUMBLE of the Saturn V rocket GROWS, brilliant light as— |

[list]| LAUNCH CONTROL, [sub]NASA[/sub] [sup](OVER PA)[/sup] | “4, 3, 2, 1 0, We have commit, we—”[/list]

| Apollo 8’s rocket ROAR drowns out the PA. As the rocket BEGINS TO LIFT, off the surface of the Earth, ROARING LOUDER TOWARDS THE HEAVENS. UNITED STATES and the American Flag painted on its side., RACING ever quickly, humanity’s gazing unmoving from the rocket’s soaring heights as it begins to go beyond human eye reach. |

____________

[sub]¹ A Series: FINAL FRONTIER/AMERICAN MOONSHOT, brings together the extraordinary political, cultural, and scientific factors that fueled the birth and development of NASA and the Mercury, Gemini, and Apollo projects of the 1950s to 1970s.[/sub]

Rutannia, Arcanda, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia, Klingenthalerburg, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | JANUARY 1969[/list]

[list][list]日本国国会

[pre]KOKKAI[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

NAGATACHŌ — MORNINGTIME

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1752487

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1746078

[sub]Article 41. The Diet shall be the highest organ of state power, and shall be the sole law‑making organ of the state.

Article 42. The Diet shall consist of two Houses, namely the House of Representatives and the House of Councillors.[/sub]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-

[list][list]20 JANUARY 1969

[sup]End of the Turbulent Years[/sup][/list]

[pre] N I X O N ¹ [/pre]

[list][sub][pre]They’re the Great Silent Majority!

And they have become angry — finally;

angry not with hate but angry, my friends,

because they love America and they don't

like what's happened to America —

America needs leaders to match the greatness of her people![/pre][/sub]

[pre]’69 PRESIDENTIAL INAUGURATION[/pre][/list]

WASHINGTON D.C. Paramountica — NOON

[sub]INAUGURATION STAND, CAPITOL HILL[/sub]

| Amidst the sound of golden trumpets, the newly elected president emerged from the east side of the Capitol, literally and figuratively DEFYING THE CLOUDS. The PRESIDENT-ELECT, now The PRESIDENT, holding two brown leather Milhous family Bibles open to Isaiah 2:4, RICHARD M. NIXON took the oath of office. |

ד⃣    ו⃣   ש⃣   פ⃣   ט⃣    ב⃣   י⃣   ן⃣    ה⃣   ג⃣   ו⃣   י⃣   ם⃣   ,⃣    ו⃣   ה⃣   ו⃣   כ⃣   י⃣   ח⃣    ל⃣   ע⃣   מ⃣   י⃣   ם⃣    ר⃣   ב⃣   י⃣   ם⃣   ;⃣    ו⃣   כ⃣   ת⃣   ת⃣   ו⃣    ח⃣   ר⃣   ב⃣   ו⃣   ת⃣   ם⃣    ל⃣   א⃣   ת⃣   י⃣   ם⃣   ,⃣    ו⃣   ח⃣   נ⃣   י⃣   ת⃣   ו⃣   ת⃣   י⃣   ה⃣   ם⃣    ל⃣   מ⃣   ז⃣   מ⃣   ר⃣   ו⃣   ת⃣   —⃣   ל⃣   א⃣   -⃣   י⃣   ש⃣   א⃣    ג⃣   ו⃣   י⃣    א⃣   ל⃣   -⃣   ג⃣   ו⃣   י⃣    ח⃣   ר⃣   ב⃣   ,⃣    ו⃣   ל⃣   א⃣   -⃣   י⃣   ל⃣   מ⃣   ד⃣   ו⃣    ע⃣   ו⃣   ד⃣    מ⃣   ל⃣   ח⃣   מ⃣   ה⃣

[pre]They shall beat their swords into plowshares and their spears into pruninghooks:

nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more.

ISAIAH 2:4[/pre]

| Then came the new president's elegant, magnanimous inaugural speech. So too do presidencies begin: in the most hopeless of circumstances, perhaps even more so. The power of political triumph is intimidating, and during the Cold War, it was considered impolite for the opposition to rise to power too quickly. The 1968 tragedies had shocked the left, which was now fighting amongst themselves, and NIXON was now— |

[list]| RICHARD M. NIXON, [sub]The President[/sub] | [sub]“Senator Dirksen, Mr. Chief Justice, Mr. Vice president, President Johnson, Vice president Humphrey, my fellow Americans — and my fellow citizens of the world community: Each moment in history is a fleeting time, precious and unique. But some stand out as moments of beginning, in which courses are set that shape decades or centuries. This can be such a moment. Forces now are converging that make possible, for the first time, the hope that many of man's deepest aspirations can at last be realized. The spiraling pace of change allows us to contemplate, within our own lifetime, advances that once would have taken centuries. In throwing wide the horizons of space, we have discovered new horizons on earth. For the first time, because the people of the world want peace, and the leaders of the world are afraid of war, the times are on the side of peace. Eight years from now America will celebrate its 200th anniversary as a nation. Within the lifetime of most people now living, mankind will celebrate that great new year which comes only once in a thousand year — the beginning of the third millennium. What kind of a nation we will be, what kind of a world we will live in, whether we shape the future in the image of our hopes, is ours to determine by our actions and our choices. The greatest honor history can bestow is the title of peacemaker. This honor now beckons America — the chance to help lead the world at last out of the valley of turmoil and onto that high ground of peace that man has dreamed of since the dawn of civilization. If we succeed, generations to come will say of us now living that we mastered our moment, that we helped make the world safe for mankind. This is our summons to greatness. I believe the American people are ready to answer this call. We have given freedom new reach. We see the hope of tomorrow in the youth of today. I know America's youth. I believe in them. We can be proud that they are better educated, more committed, more passionately driven by conscience than any generation in our history . . .”[/sub]

[sub]“. . . No people has ever been so close to the achievement of a just and abundant society, or so possessed of the will to achieve it. And because our strengths are so great, we can afford to appraise our weaknesses with candor and to approach them with hope. Standing in this same place a third of a century ago, Franklin Delano Roosevelt addressed a nation ravaged by depression and gripped in fear. He could say in surveying the Nation's troubles: "They concern, thank God, only material things." Our crisis today is in reverse. We find ourselves rich in goods, but ragged in spirit; reaching with magnificent precision for the moon, but failing into raucous discord on earth. We are caught in war, wanting peace. We are torn by division, wanting unity. We see around us empty lives, wanting fulfillment. We see tasks that need doing, waiting for hands to do them. To a crisis of the spirit, we need an answer of the spirit. And to find that answer, we need only look within ourselves. When we listen to "the better angels of our nature," we find that they celebrate the simple things, the basic things — such as goodness, decency, love, kindness. Greatness comes in simple trappings. The simple things are the ones most needed today if we are to surmount what divides us, and cement what unites us. To lower our voices would be a simple thing. In these difficult years, America has suffered from a fever of words; from inflated rhetoric that promises more than it can deliver; from angry rhetoric that fans discontents into hatreds; from bombastic rhetoric that postures instead of persuading. We cannot learn from one another until we stop shouting at one another — until we speak quietly enough so that our words can be heard as well as our voices. For its part, government will listen. We will strive to listen in new ways — to the voices of quiet anguish, the voices that speak without words, the voices of the heart — to the injured voices, the anxious voices, the voices that have despaired of being heard. Those who have been left out, we will try to bring in. Those left behind, we will help to catch up . . .”[/sub]

[sub]“. . . For all of our people, we will set as our goal the decent order that makes progress possible and our lives secure. As we reach toward our hopes, our task is to build on what has gone before — not turning away from the old, but turning toward the new . . . The American dream does not come to those who fall asleep. But we are approaching the limits of what government alone can do. Our greatest need now is to reach beyond government, to enlist the legions of the concerned and the committed. What has to be done, has to be done by government and people together or it will not be done at all. The lesson of past agony is that without the people we can do nothing--with the people we can do everything. To match the magnitude of our tasks, we need the energies of our people . . . enlisted not only in grand enterprises, but more importantly in those small, splendid efforts that make headlines in the neighborhood newspaper instead of the national journal. I ask you to join in a high adventure — one as rich as humanity itself, and exciting as the times we live in. The essence of freedom is that each of us shares in the shaping of his own destiny. Until he has been part of a cause larger than himself, no man is truly whole. The way to fulfillment is in the use of our talents. We achieve nobility in the spirit that inspires that use. As we measure what can be done, we shall promise only what we know we can produce; but as we chart our goals, we shall be lifted by our dreams. No man can be fully free while his neighbor is not. To go forward at all is to go forward together. As we learn to go forward together at home, let us also seek to go forward together with all mankind. Let us take as our goal: Where peace is unknown, make it welcome; where Peace is fragile, make it strong; where peace is temporary, make it permanent . . .”[/sub]

[sub]“. . .After a period of confrontation, we are entering an era of negotiation. Let all nations know that during this administration our lines of communication will be open. We seek an open world — open to ideas, open to the exchange of goods and people —a world in which no people, great or small, will live in angry isolation. We cannot expect to make everyone our friend, but we can try to make no one our enemy. Those who would be our adversaries, we invite to a peaceful competition — not in conquering territory or extending dominion, but in enriching the life of man. As we explore the reaches of space, let us go to the new worlds together — not as new worlds to be conquered, but as a new adventure to be shared. With those who are willing to join, let us cooperate to reduce the burden of arms, to strengthen the structure of peace, to lift up the poor and the hungry. But to all those who would be tempted by weakness, let us leave no doubt that we will be as strong as we need to be for as long as we need to be. I have come to know the leaders of the world and the great forces, the hatreds, the fears that divide the world. I know that peace does not come through wishing for it — that there is no substitute for days and even years of patient and prolonged diplomacy. I also know the people of the world. I have seen the hunger of a homeless child, the pain of a man wounded in battle, the grief of a mother who has lost her son. I know these have no ideology, no race. I know America. I know the heart of America is good. I speak from my own heart, and the heart of my country, the deep concern we have for those who suffer and those who sorrow . . .”[/sub]

[sub]“. . . Let this message be heard by strong and weak alike: The peace we seek — the peace we seek to win — is not victory over any other people, but the peace that comes "with healing in its wings"; with compassion for those who have suffered; with understanding for those who have opposed us; with the opportunity for all the peoples of this earth to choose their own destiny. Only a few short weeks ago we shared the glory of man's first sight of the world as God sees it, In that moment of surpassing technological triumph, men turned their thoughts toward home and humanity-seeing in that far perspective that man's destiny on earth is not divisible; telling us that however far we reach into the cosmos, our destiny lies not in the stars but on earth itself, in our own hands, in our own hearts . . . We have endured a long night of the American spirit. But as our eyes catch the dimness of the first rays of dawn, let us not curse the remaining dark. Let us gather the light. Our destiny offers not the cup of despair, but the chalice of opportunity. So let us seize it not in fear, but in gladness-and "riders on the earth together," let us go forward, firm in our faith, steadfast in our purpose, cautious of the dangers, but sustained by our confidence in the will of God and the promise of man . . .”[/sub][/list]

𝙋𝙀𝘼𝘾𝙀 𝙒𝘼𝙎 𝙏𝙃𝙀 𝙖𝙨𝙥𝙞𝙧𝙖𝙩𝙞𝙤𝙣 𝙤𝙛 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙡𝙤𝙣𝙚𝙡𝙮 𝙨𝙤𝙪𝙡 — 𝙉𝙄𝙓𝙊𝙉 𝙘𝙤𝙣𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙪𝙚𝙙 𝙩𝙤 𝙝𝙤𝙡𝙙 𝙤𝙣𝙩𝙤 𝙝𝙞𝙨 𝙖𝙢𝙗𝙞𝙩𝙞𝙤𝙪𝙨 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙞𝙙𝙚𝙖𝙡𝙞𝙨𝙩𝙞𝙘 𝙜𝙤𝙖𝙡𝙨. 𝙃𝙞𝙨 𝙢𝙤𝙧𝙖𝙡𝙚 𝙬𝙤𝙪𝙡𝙙 𝙜𝙧𝙚𝙖𝙩𝙡𝙮 𝙚𝙡𝙚𝙫𝙖𝙩𝙚 𝙬𝙝𝙚𝙣 𝙝𝙚 𝙞𝙣𝙩𝙚𝙧𝙖𝙘𝙩𝙚𝙙 𝙬𝙞𝙩𝙝 𝙥𝙧𝙤𝙢𝙞𝙣𝙚𝙣𝙩 𝙛𝙞𝙜𝙪𝙧𝙚𝙨 𝙨𝙪𝙘𝙝 𝙖𝙨 𝙀𝙄𝙎𝙀𝙉𝙃𝙊𝙒𝙀𝙍, 𝘿𝙚 𝙂𝘼𝙐𝙇𝙇𝙀, 𝙤𝙧 𝙈𝘼𝙊. 𝙃𝙚 𝙬𝙤𝙪𝙡𝙙 𝙝𝙖𝙨𝙩𝙞𝙡𝙮 𝙟𝙤𝙩 𝙙𝙤𝙬𝙣 𝙣𝙤𝙩𝙚𝙨 𝙤𝙣 𝙨𝙢𝙖𝙡𝙡 𝙥𝙞𝙚𝙘𝙚𝙨 𝙤𝙛 𝙥𝙖𝙥𝙚𝙧 𝙩𝙤 𝙢𝙚𝙢𝙤𝙧𝙞𝙖𝙡𝙞𝙯𝙚 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙤𝙘𝙘𝙖𝙨𝙞𝙤𝙣, 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙢𝙚𝙩𝙞𝙘𝙪𝙡𝙤𝙪𝙨𝙡𝙮 𝙠𝙚𝙚𝙥 𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙢 — — 𝙃𝙚 𝙮𝙚𝙖𝙧𝙣𝙚𝙙 𝙩𝙤 𝙗𝙚𝙘𝙤𝙢𝙚 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙥𝙧𝙤𝙩𝙖𝙜𝙤𝙣𝙞𝙨𝙩 𝙤𝙛 𝙝𝙞𝙨 𝙤𝙬𝙣 𝙡𝙞𝙛𝙚 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙖𝙫𝙞𝙙𝙡𝙮 𝙞𝙢𝙢𝙚𝙧𝙨𝙚𝙙 𝙝𝙞𝙢𝙨𝙚𝙡𝙛 𝙞𝙣 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙨𝙩𝙪𝙙𝙮 𝙤𝙛 𝙝𝙞𝙨𝙩𝙤𝙧𝙮 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙗𝙞𝙤𝙜𝙧𝙖𝙥𝙝𝙞𝙚𝙨, 𝙥𝙖𝙧𝙩𝙞𝙘𝙪𝙡𝙖𝙧𝙡𝙮 𝙩𝙝𝙤𝙨𝙚 𝙤𝙛 𝙇𝙄𝙉𝘾𝙊𝙇𝙉, 𝙒𝙄𝙇𝙎𝙊𝙉, 𝘿𝙄𝙎𝙍𝘼𝙀𝙇𝙄, 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙤𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙧 𝙣𝙤𝙩𝙖𝙗𝙡𝙚 𝙛𝙞𝙜𝙪𝙧𝙚𝙨. 𝙊𝙣 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙛𝙤𝙡𝙡𝙤𝙬𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙙𝙖𝙮, 𝙖𝙨 𝙉𝙄𝙓𝙊𝙉 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙆𝙄𝙎𝙎𝙄𝙉𝙂𝙀𝙍 𝙬𝙚𝙧𝙚 𝙙𝙞𝙨𝙘𝙪𝙨𝙨𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙖 𝙥𝙧𝙤𝙗𝙡𝙚𝙢, 𝙉𝙄𝙓𝙊𝙉 𝙬𝙤𝙪𝙡𝙙 𝙧𝙚𝙛𝙚𝙧 𝙩𝙤 𝙝𝙞𝙨 𝙥𝙧𝙚𝙫𝙞𝙤𝙪𝙨 𝙧𝙚𝙖𝙙𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙙𝙧𝙖𝙬 𝙞𝙣𝙨𝙞𝙜𝙝𝙩𝙨 𝙛𝙧𝙤𝙢 𝙉𝘼𝙋𝙊𝙇𝙀𝙊𝙉'𝙨 𝙨𝙩𝙧𝙖𝙩𝙚𝙜𝙞𝙚𝙨 𝙞𝙣 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙗𝙖𝙩𝙩𝙡𝙚 𝙤𝙛 𝙇𝙚𝙞𝙥𝙯𝙞𝙜 𝙤𝙧 𝘾𝙃𝙐𝙍𝘾𝙃𝙄𝙇𝙇'𝙨 𝙙𝙚𝙨𝙘𝙧𝙞𝙥𝙩𝙞𝙤𝙣 𝙤𝙛 𝙖 𝙒𝙚𝙨𝙩𝙚𝙧𝙣 𝙁𝙧𝙤𝙣𝙩 𝙤𝙛𝙛𝙚𝙣𝙨𝙞𝙫𝙚.

____________

[sub]¹ A Series: NIXON, Events corresponding to the summit and nadir of RICHARD M. NIXON’s Presidency, both domestic and international alike.[/sub]

Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Klingenthalerburg, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

Paramountica wrote:-snipped-

[pre] F I N A L F R O N T I E R ¹ [/pre]

[pre]~Saudi Arabian Funding[/pre]

| The Prime Minister watches the miraculous event on screen, seeing it unfold beyond the stars. In a later statement made by the Prime Minister;

[sup]"The United States has achieved something beyond recantation. . . reaching the heavens and opening them to a whole new world. This discovery by the Americans is truly amazing. I hope that, with the help of Arabian Oil, we can discover more of the stars and the other frontiers as well."[/sup]

This statement openly funded the United States with Arabian Oil, and funded further ventures to help the United States venture deep into space. Arabian Congress voted 'For' in a vote regarding the provenance of US funding, and the people fully support such ventures.

Amsterwald

[list]1969년 01월 20일

[sub]Saemaul Undong[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Rural Modernisation[/sub][/list]

[sub]National Assembly, Seoul, Korea[/sub]

| Despite the turbulence of the last few weeks the government has been determined to push forwards with their legislative agenda. A policy hinted at in the last week or so following the signing of a deal to supply Yugoslavia with ration kits, the Ministry of Rural Affairs has launched a new initiative called Saemaul Undong or New Village Movement. The initiative has been curated to modernise Korea’s rural communities which have largely been left behind by Korea’s rapid industrialisation. |

| The initiative has largely been based upon the old system of ‘Hyangyak’ which previously allowed a degree of self-government in the rural communities and was based largely in communalism. The project is broadly focused on rectifying the growing disparity in living standards between the cities and villages, the latter still mired in poverty. The project ethos is all about diligence, self-help and collaboration, in the hopes of encouraging communities to participate, while avoiding communist connotations. The department has already been through a selection process of villages who have signed up to participate in the project; 44,391 villages have signed up so far. The government will provide these villages with a fixed amount of raw materials to use in whichever way they wish, villages that demonstrate success will be allocated a further amount of fixed materials. This first stage is set to last for the next couple of years by which time the next phase will begin. |

| Each village will be provided with the following; |[list]

[*] 335 sacks of cement

[*] Half a ton of iron

[*] A ton of assorted timber

[*] Half a ton of miscellaneous materials[/list]

| The thousands of villages planning to participate have already begun drawing up plans for their fixed allocation; many are planning to improve their local infrastructure through the fixing of roads; building bridges; and improving irrigation systems. The government is hoping that the project will help the rural communities keep up with the urbanisation seen in the cities of Korea. |

| In a secondary element to the project the the Department for Education has allocated additional resources to aid the construction of new schools and provide better links between villages so that more can attend classes. While school attendance is compulsory in Korea and the literacy rate stands at 87%, up from a poor 22% in 1945, rural communities have largely been left behind particularly in the north. Literacy rates in rural areas stands nearer 65% compared to their urban counterparts at 95%, the generational divide is more obvious in rural areas with those over the age of 50 having a literacy rate of sub 50% while those under 50 stands at 75%. |

| The Department for Education is trialling classes for those over the age of eighteen to help improve their reading and writing comprehension in order to provide them with better opportunities and standard of living. The classes will be free to those that attend; it is expected to bloat the department's spending, which already accounts for nearly 6% of Korea’s GDP. However it is hoped that this spending will come full circle as rural areas begin to modernise and smaller industry begins to pop up across the Korean countryside. |

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-

Post by Buradoma suppressed by Paramountica.

Buradoma

Has anyone heard from that country? Something minarchist, he used the American flag as his flag, and he quoted F.A. Hayek for his national slogan. Did he cease to exist?

[list][list]February 1969

[sub]Battle of the Bogside[/sub][/list]

[sub]BBC NEWS REPORT[/sub]

LONDONDERRY/DERRY, NORTHERN IRELAND, Great Britain Gb

| The Royal Ulster Constabulary deployed tear gas for the first time in their history amidst nine hours of unrest in the predominantly Catholic Bogside area of Londonderry. Tensions had flared during the winter marching season, marked by recurrent clashes between Catholics and Protestants. The Catholic community's resentment toward the Royal Ulster Constabulary had intensified due to perceived harsh tactics. |

| Shortly before midnight, tear gas shells were unleashed, dispersing a large crowd of youths who sought refuge in nearby houses as their eyes stung. An armoured police vehicle swiftly navigated through barricades erected by the crowd, racing down Rossville Street and demolishing smaller barriers in its path. As the vehicle halted and a crowd gathered, doors swung open, releasing additional tear gas grenades. The unrest originated during the annual Apprentice Boys march, with confrontations emerging as the procession passed the perimeter of the Catholic Bogside area. The intervention of the RUC escalated the situation into a full-scale riot. Prime Minister Major James Chichester-Clark convened a meeting of the Ulster Cabinet security committee at police headquarters in Belfast in response to the violence. Earlier clashes in Londonderry city centre involved rioters hurling petrol bombs, stones, and iron bars at police armoured trucks and water cannons.|

| Protestants near the Rossville Street barricade, encouraged by the police, utilised catapults armed with stones against their Catholic counterparts. Amidst the chaos, American reporter Robert Mott of the Washington Post was assaulted during a police baton charge but resumed reporting after receiving treatment. At one point, a group from the Bogside attacked police in Sackville Street while Protestant youths from the opposite end advanced, hurling stones. Order was partially restored when Catholic and civil rights figures intervened, including local MP Ivan Cooper. Cooper, however, was later rendered unconscious by a thrown stone.|

| Independent MP for Mid-Ulster, Bernadette Devlin, toured the Rossville Street area, urging demonstrators to retreat behind hastily constructed barriers made of paving stones and planks. Eventually, police initiated another baton charge up Rossville Street to disperse the rioters, but they faced resistance from a group of stone-throwing Protestants and were gradually pushed back. The escalation within Northern Ireland, particularly Londonderry, shows no signs of ending, with talks for the deployment of the Her Majesty's Armed Forces being discussed amongst senior cabinet members to swiftly end the tensions. |

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Sudesam

Turkiye 1St

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Klingenthalerburg, Le Equatoria

The Three Princes

Prologue

______________

[sub]January 1969[/sub]

While peace and a United Nigeria had not been achieved yet, a political game for true control of Nigeria was brewing and had been for some time. Balewa had always been the figurehead of the NDF movement and the key figure in the closely associated NDP. He had been at the forefront of the deals and agreements and chosen as the man to lead Nigeria from Day 1. But his second in command and closest friend and advisor - Nnamdi Azikiwe - his political right-hand man, had perhaps been growing less patient day by day.

The man behind the success, you could say, but a man who wanted to get his slice of the pie. Whether that was by political influence or by some other concussion, it was evident that he didn't want to be in the shadow of Balewa any longer and almost saw himself as the natural rival to his closest ally, as perhaps to an extent, Balewa did as well. Nnamdi dreamed of becoming the leading man of the play, not the understudy. Yet, a third man lurked behind the shadows, even deeper than Azikiwe was, and his name was Yakubu Gowon.

An experienced military general, his ambition grew purely on a power basis. He had no care for political politics and the workings of democracy, merely craving ultimate power. His victory over the communists and success in the 100 Day Campaign made him the star of the NDF's military but that was as far as it went. Never a man for details, hardly engaged in political debate, purely and solely focused on power. Perhaps a Nigerian Napoleon, looking to take advantage of the political anarchy, lurking in the background and waiting for a chance to strike. While now, Gowon is not at the political frontlines of the NDF and its many internal factions, he prowls in the background, slowly building his powerbase and waiting for his chance at glory and, ultimately, power.

All of them knew that a political game was soon to begin. Balewa simply wanted stablity, and even to an extent, didn't want to play politics. Nnamdi wanted his shot at leadership, and saw to attempt to take advanatge of an anarchic situation in Biafra and Gowon lurked behind the shadows, awaiting his chance to shine. The motives may be shaky and unknown, but the future of Nigera was placed in the hands of the Three Princes of Nigeria.

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria

[list][list][pre]| V E R E N I G DㅤㅤK O N I N R I J KㅤㅤB E N E L U X

| "ㅤE E N D R A C H TㅤㅤM A A K TㅤㅤM A C H Tㅤ"[/pre]

[list][list][pre]De geschiedenis heeft de slechte gewoonte zich te herhalen,

net op het moment dat je denkt dat de vloek voorbij is...[/pre][/list]

[pre]// 22 JANUARI 1969, WOENSDAG

BRUSSEL, BRUSSELSE GEMEENTE, HET KONINKRIJK DER NEDERLANDEN //[/pre][/list]

N O V AㅤㅤE R A ,ㅤㅤE A D E MㅤㅤQ U Æ S T I O :ㅤㅤN E WㅤㅤS T R U G G L E SㅤㅤA W A I T

[list]ㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤ[sub]The once bustling streets of Brussels now echoed with an eerie silence, a stark testament to the seismic shift that had occurred. The fervent drums of the Walloon independence movement had reached a crescendo, marking their triumph with the birth of a sovereign Walloon state. Yet, amidst the jubilation, a dark shadow loomed over the historically bicultural city. Brussels, once a harmonious blend of cultures, now found itself torn asunder by the sharp divide between the newborn Dutch state and its rigid stance against Francophone heritage. The wounds of past grievances between the former Benelux and their French-speaking population festered anew, breeding a climate of distrust and apprehension. From the halls of power in The Hague, cautious eyes scrutinised every move of the Brusselian Francophones, enacting stringent language laws in a bid to enforce linguistic uniformity. While other minorities acquiesced, their Dutch already spoken fluently, the plight of the remaining Walloons cut deep. To them, the dictates of the new regime felt like the continuation of a centuries-old struggle, a relentless assault on their cultural identity. In the face of mounting legal pressure to adopt Dutch, they stood defiant, unwilling to surrender their linguistic heritage without a fight.[/sub]

[sub]Yet, unlike times past, the Walloons found themselves trapped in a perilous predicament. No longer could they rely solely on the power of protest or the hope of securing a separate state, for they were but a marginalised minority within the formidable framework of modern Dutch society. Some among them, faced with the encroaching hostility, opted to seek refuge in the welcoming embrace of socialist Wallonia. However, for others—particularly the staunch city dwellers with right-leaning inclinations—abandoning their cherished homes was simply inconceivable. The once vibrant tapestry of bilingualism and multiculturalism in Brussels now unravelled before their very eyes, replaced by a chilling atmosphere of animosity towards all things French. From defaced road signs to shuttered French establishments, the city bore witness to a relentless onslaught against its Francophone identity. Attacks on Walloon churches and stores became disturbingly routine, as masked assailants wreaked havoc upon the French-speaking quarters with reckless abandon. Among the most glaring examples stood Ixelles, its streets marred by the scars of violence, a stark reminder of the simmering tensions that threatened to engulf the heart of Brussels.[/sub]

[sub]The days following the referendum were eerily silent, a ghostly quietude that gripped the towns and cities of the region. Streets, once alive with the hustle and bustle of daily life, now lay deserted. The occasional clip-clop of horse carriages echoed through the stone-paved backstreets, the only audible signs of movement in an otherwise still landscape devoid of human activity. The oppressive silence lingered like a malevolent spell, casting its shadow over the homes of Wallonia. Only the resounding toll of church bells on Sunday mornings managed to pierce through the deafening quietude. It was as if the very essence of life had been muted, leaving behind an unsettling void. However, this pervasive silence met its end with the electrifying announcements that reverberated from every television in the region. Newspapers, televised news programs, and radio stations eagerly broadcasted the groundbreaking news, shattering the oppressive quietude and heralding the dawn of a new era.[/sub]

[sub]In a desperate bid to survive, some Francophones took the painful route of abandoning their language and heritage, adopting Dutch as their tongue, rechristening themselves with Dutch names, and attempting to scrub away their Walloon roots from memory, though the task gnawed at their very souls. Meanwhile, a defiant few dared to challenge the status quo, seeking to reignite the smouldering flames of the Walloon nationalist movement within the nascent Kingdom of Netherlands. However, their aspirations were swiftly extinguished by the heavy hand of police brutality and state oppression, leaving them silenced and ostracised over time. Now, the paramount concern was the safety and security of Francophone Brusselians, thrusting the "Bruxelles Question" into the forefront of sociopolitical discourse. For many observers, it was nothing short of the Walloon Crisis reincarnated in the post-Benelux Netherlands. The dream of peace and reconciliation, once seemingly assured with Wallonia's independence, now lay shattered amidst the polarised landscape of the Dutch realm, albeit under a different guise and with a new set of challenges.[/sub]

[sub]As the elections loomed ominously on the horizon, a cacophony of political contenders clamoured for attention, each vying to capture the hearts and minds of the Dutch majority. From the centre-wing liberals of the Christian Democratic Appeal, led by the charismatic Heiko van Dregt, to the right-wing social conservatives of the Dutch Social Movement, rallying behind their stalwart Adrian Wolsheijner, and the fiery Social Democrats championed by Laurens-Jan Nagelvoort, anti-French rhetoric echoed through the campaign trail like a thunderous drumbeat. Amidst this political tumult, the once vibrant Francophone community found themselves isolated and voiceless, cast adrift in a sea of indifference. Their pleas for recognition drowned out by the deafening roar of Dutch nationalism, they languished in the shadows, fading into obscurity with each passing day. With tensions mounting by the hour, the burden on Walloon Brusselians grew heavier with every sunrise, their hopes for inclusion and understanding dashed against the jagged rocks of political expediency. In this crucible of uncertainty, the future of Brussels hung precariously in the balance, a testament to the fragility of harmony in the face of unchecked prejudice and division.[/sub][/list]

_______________________________________________

[/list][spoiler=[sub]Dit is een fictief stukje creatief werk voor[/sub]

de GEMENEBEST VAN FRIJHEID [ CoL ]

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria

[pre]|1969|[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]PRC ★ PEOPLES’ REPUBLIC OF CHINA

中华人民共和国 |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA FINDS FRIENDSHIP IN THE STRAIT OF MALACCA :

CHINESE AND SINGAPORE INCREASES COMMUNICATION AND TRADE RELATIONS TO ESTABLISH A DEEPER CONNECTION IN SOUTHEAST ASIA!

中华人民共和国在马六甲海峡找到友谊:

中国与新加坡加强交流与贸易关系,在东南亚建立更深层次的联系!

[pre]| The People’s Republic of China has slowly begun to establish friendship and cooperation with the wider Asian world. One of Beijing’s higher targets was that of Singapore. The Island of Singapore held a huge Chinese population and the PRC hoped to establish a brotherly friendship between the Island and Beijing. Comrade Mao Tse-tung held a great admiration for the Prime Minister of Singapore Lee Kuan Yew and wished to see the two nations become closer and closer through the coming decades. |[/pre]

| SINO-SINGAPOREAN TRADE AGREEMENTS - 中新贸易协定 |

[pre]- The People’s Republic of China shall see a increase of importations from Singapore consisting majorly in the import of electronics, tin, and rubber | 中华人民共和国从新加坡的进口将会增加,主要是电子产品、锡和橡胶的进口[/pre]

[pre]- Singapore shall see a increase of importations from The People’s Republic of China consisting majorly in the import of Tea, Silk, and miscellaneous handcrafted commodities | 新加坡从中华人民共和国的进口将会增加,主要是茶叶、丝绸和杂项手工艺品的进口[/pre]

[pre]- The People’s Republic of China shall open more consideration to invest into the Singaporean economy, mostly in the Islands projects for industrialization | 中华人民共和国将更多地考虑投资新加坡经济,主要投资于群岛工业化项目[/pre]

[pre]- Both Nations will cooperate in easing restrictions for Chinese and Singaporean student exchanges between each countries Universities | 两国将合作放宽中国和新加坡学生交流限制[/pre]

[pre]- Cultural Exchanges will be prioritized to build a brotherly connection between the Singaporeans and Chinese People | 优先开展文化交流,构建新加坡人和中国人民的兄弟情谊[/pre]

[pre]- Both Nations agree to work and promote positive bilateral relations between each other | 两国同意共同努力促进彼此之间积极的双边关系[/pre]

[pre]- A bilateral move will be made to decrease tariffs on Chinese and Singaporean imports/exports | 将采取双边举措降低中国和新加坡进出口关税[/pre]

[list][list][pre]SERVE THE PEOPLE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]为人民服务![/pre][/list][/list]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[pre]| JANUARY, 1969 - JANVIER, 1969 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]DRW ★ DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF WALLONIA

RÉPUBLIQUE DÉMOCRATIQUE DE WALONEYE ★ RDW|[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

A NEW MOVEMENT AGAINST THE DUTCH GROWS:

CAN THE PEACE OF INDEPENDENCE BE ACHIEVED OR WILL VIOLENCE CONTINUE IN THE LOW COUNTRIES?

UN NOUVEAU MOUVEMENT CONTRE LES NÉERLANDAIS SE GRANDIT :

LA PAIX DE L’INDÉPENDANCE PEUT-ELLE ÊTRE OBTENUE OU LA VIOLENCE CONTINUERA-T-ELLE DANS LES BAS-PAYS ?

[pre]| As the Dutch and Flemish continue to terrorize Francophone communities in Bruxelles, an angry section of Walloon veterans and youth sought a way to fight back against oppression to their brethren still trapped under Dutch oppression. Modeled after the guerrillas who attacked the Dutch during occupation Les Éveilles calling themselves Le nouveau réveil in the honor of the original group. Most of them being able to arm themselves with legally bought FN FALs or gaining weapons from sympathetic Walloons within the nation's new security forces. |[/pre]

| TRAINING AND NUMBERS OF LE NOUVEAU RÉVEIL - FORMATION ET NUMÉROS DU NOUVEAU RÉVEIL |

[pre]- The Walloon Government in secret memos estimates Le nouveau réveil to have a strength of five hundred guerrillas.[/pre]

[pre]- Training installations are reported to the Walloon government to be near: Arlon, Esneux, and Froidchapelle.[/pre]

[pre]- Improvised explosive manufacturing centers are reported to be in: Liège, Mettet, and Bouillon.[/pre]

Paramountica, Astarina, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | JANUARY 1969[/list]

[list][list]首相官邸

[pre]SHUSHŌ KANTEI[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

NAGATACHŌ — EVENING

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1746074

[sub]The Naikaku Sōri Daijin Kantei or Prime Minister's Office is the official workplace of the Prime Minister of Japan. It is commonly referred to as Shushō Kantei, or simply Kantei.[/sub]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Independent Singapore

[list]1968

[sub]A Dinner in New Bethlehem - 2E, 1S[/sub][/list]

[list][pre]. . . A Man fighting in the New Nauvoo Legion returns home for dinner and rest and becomes disillusioned with the Theocracy. . . Written by Nicolas Godart, Ray Bradbury, and Rod Serling [/pre][/list]

ROAD OUTSIDE GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — SUNSET

| The salt flats make for an impressive view of the Settlement of God’s Bounty. The skyline of it once being Salt Lake City, now known only as God’s Bounty. The lights of the settlement flicker on the grizzled veteran of the New Nauvoo Legion as he rides on the cart carried by his Nephilim servant. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Enqal! I see the lights of the God’s Bounty, what a sight. How long has it been since I withdrew from God’s Bounty?”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “About two years sir.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I shall bask in its bliss soon and see my brothers, mother and father. Such sights for my sore eyes.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “You never speak of them sir, are they soldiers like yourself?”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Thankfully not for them Enqal, they’ve been tasked with their own struggles for the Church. Thead my eldest brother was tasked with my father to learn the family business to keep our future and wealth ensured, a noble quest. Toah the middle child was tasked by my father to bring our family into politics. He became a priest and sacrificed much to ensure the Benoit voice was heard.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “Why did your father conscript you to the legion? Was working in settlement security not sufficient enough?”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “My father ascribed me heretic for my lack of diligence in my prayers…told me I would find god and glory on the battlefield and meet the standards of Thead and Toah in Progressing the glory of god through the waste…”[/list]

| Shastan gazes down to the rifle and sword. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “You know, these were the last things my father gave me. He said ‘Son these are the tools you shall use to find your path to god, we can help you no longer.’ He told me he and the family would not be permitting themselves to contact me lest it breaks my focus on finding God and Glory…”[/list]

| Shastan gazes back to the skyline of God’s Bounty as Enqal’s 8ft frame carries him towards it. |

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “Did you find God and Glory, Sir?”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “…I don’t know Enqal, but I wrote to them that I had.”[/list]

[list]| [sub]Camera hangs back as the cart pulls forward towards God’s Bounty. Screen slowly fades to black.[/sub][/list]

THE CRUMBLE, OUTSKIRTS OF GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — NIGHT

| The Crumble, the neighborhood of sin that has been allowed to exist on the outskirts of God’s Bounty. The poor of Deseret have found a home in rubble left over from the ancient Salt Lake City. Around Shastan’s cart beggars flood asking the soldier for food and money, he throws some coins from his bag back behind the cart, parting the sea of beggars like Moses as they chase the coin. The crumble housed the refugees awaiting their tasks by the church. Either finding work and housing in God’s Bounty, Saint George, Jericho, Moab, or New Bethlehem or made Pioneers to establish new settlements for the Church. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I used to roam these streets all night Enqal, the booze, the gambling halls, and the women.”[/list]

| Shastan lets out a chuckle as he remembers the old times, his face quickly returning to a grimace. His face as he remembers those times now feel faint resemblance to the twenty year old carted down the street. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I thought they have housed the refugees by now, this is not a fitting place for God’s people to reside.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “Have the wealthy have no need for the vulnerable…no place to ‘let loose’?”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Do the soldiers on their expeditions get true respite while advancing against the enemy for the Church.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “I guess not, Sir.”[/list]

| The cart slowly moves the street as the surroundings transition from complete rubble to slowly becoming more and more ‘built up’ and the sounds of people also increase with volume. Soon the streets are a mix of building rubble and lived in structures with small markets, bars, pool halls, and gambling halls. People can be seen arguing and fighting with those surrounding these situations not paying much mind to it. |

| His eyes scanned the streets knowing a possible threat could emerge in these dangerous streets. His eyes spot a staggering sight. His two brothers exit a gambling hall with drink in hand and two women, not their wives around their arms. The cart passes the bar and the three brothers all lock eyes, no comments were made as Shastan continues on. |

[list]| [sub]Camera hangs onto the two brothers as Shastan’s cart leaves the view, the two brothers then turn to each other and begin to make hurried talk. The screen then fades to black.[/sub][/list]

THE LAWN OF THE BENOIT COMPOUND, GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — NIGHT

| The depravity of the Crumble could be 1,000 miles away from where the cart now was, by the aesthetics of God’s Bounty inner settlement. Manicured lawns, white fences, and streets lined by torch streetlights in immaculate metal holders. The homes pay heavy resemblance to pre-corruption homes. The cart is parked in front of the home, white columns hold up the balcony above the doorway of the colonial style home. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Enqal, you have served me well in this campaign. I praise you for that, go enjoy some rest in the Nephilim quarters and if anyone asks you to work, you just tell them the Benoit family gave you a waiver from work and if they have an issue with that they can request me and I will confirm as such.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “I thank you, good sir. I thanks…”[/list]

| Shastan grabs his gear and equipment and jumps over the edge of the cart and begins to walk towards the home of his childhood. |

| Once half-way the door that used to welcome him home from school, swings open wide and out pours his mother and father. |

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “My soldier of god! You are home!”[/list]

| Mrs.Benoit runs to embrace her child and stops right before reaching him. Noticing the unwashed status of her youngest boy. |

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Oh heavens, you are as dirty as a Nephilim, very unbecoming of a Benoit boy…you must get clean before your brothers arrive, I don’t want you embarrassed due to your state of hygiene. Cleanliness is next to Godliness, my son.”[/list]

| Shastan stays silent and nods, the once comforting voice of his mother now a shrill squawk against his ear drum. He walks toward the door, his father a man he once saw as a giant now has the frame of a corn stalk trying to pose to look intimidating. |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “At ease Son.”[/list]

| Mr.Benoit lets out a nasally chuckle and gives a soft pat on the back as Shastan walks through the door frame. Once inside Shastan sets down his bag, what he thought would feel comforting now felt oppressive as the crystal chandelier dangles above him. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I’ll relieve myself now mother and father. To become presentable…”[/list]

[list]| [sub]Screen fades to black.[/sub][/list]

THE BENOIT DINNER TABLE, GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — NIGHT

| Shastan sits in a fine pressed button up and slacks at the dinner table. Mr.Benoit sits at the head of the table as his mother bustles around the table preparing it for the family to enjoy a dinner. |

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Where in the world could your brothers be, it is unbecoming of them to be late. Timeliness is next to godliness…”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I thought ‘Cleanliness is next to Godliness’ mother?”[/list]

| Mrs.Benoit huffs annoyed. |

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “There are many things next to Godliness Shastan, your sarcastic remarks are not.”[/list]

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “They probably just got caught up with work honey.”[/list]

| Mr.Benoit turns to Shastan |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “You know how hard it is to be in charge, Shastan you experienced some of what they have to deal with. At least you get the…the…the thrill of battle to break up that minatony. You had what, maybe ten men under your control? Your brothers have hundreds with the company and the church.”[/list]

| Shastan replies in a sarcastic tone |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I assume it must be very hard, I wonder how they must wind down and find some reprieve from their struggles.”[/list]

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Certainly not in the way you did in the past, spending time in the crumble.”[/list]

| Mr.Benoit snickers at his statement |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Certainly not Thead and Toah.”[/list]

| Shastan nods silently, softly pressing the tips of his forks into the hardwood table. |

| The front door swings open as Thead and Toah barge into the dinning room avoiding eye contact with Shastan. |

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Apologies…Apologies Mother and Father.”[/list]

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Sorry…very sorry.”[/list]

| Thead and Toah race to reach their seats, Toah stopping behind Shastan. |

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Brother you are in my seat, you know how it is.”[/list]

| Shastan turns slightly to make slight eye contact with his priest brother. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I assure your Toah, you can reach the sides just fine from any seat.”[/list]

| Shastan turns to his father to make a face of ‘can you believe this’ |

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “We have an order, Brother. You know Order is next to Godliness.”[/list]

| Toah chuckles at his own remark |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Shastan, just get up. It is Toah’s seat.”[/list]

| Shastan stands up and moves to the seat next to him |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I admire your commitment to Godliness, Toah. A good quality to have…”[/list]

| Shastan gives Toah a knowing glare as he sits down. Toah responds with a soft nod as he sits. Mrs.Benoit comes out of the kitchen holding numerous pans and gracefully setting them down in their place on the table before she moves to sit down. |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Toah shall you lead the prayer of the meal?”[/list]

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Certainly Father…Bless us, oh Lord, and these gifts which we are about to receive from your bounty, and thank you for returning our Brother Shastan from the battlefields fighting for your kingdom to grow upon this earth safely and in one piece. Through Christ our Lord we pray, Amen.”[/list]

| The family replies in unison with ‘Amen’. Immediately after they move in to the pans to build their plates. |

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “So Shastan, I’m sure you are famished for such a well cooked meal such as this?”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I’m happy for mom’s cooking, but I was lucky that my Nephilim Enqal was a talented man in the kitchen. Never went a night hungry, save for a few times I was stuck in the field.”[/list]

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I think you mean Beast in the Kitchen!”[/list]

| The family except for Shastan let’s out a laughter at Thead’s comment. |

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Mother! I’d take some offense if I were you, he compared your fine cooking to that of the abominations.”[/list]

| Mrs.Benoit shakes his her head softly |

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I’m sure he meant no harm, in his statement. Too much time out of society, it’s no fault of his he sees those things as some sort of…of…comrade.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “You know Toah, they serve God’s Kingdom as much and if not more than any man in here. I believe you should show them some molecule of respect seeing as you sign the orders of where to send them off to, not that you do it with much sympathy.”[/list]

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I assure you, the Church takes all due consideration for all of God’s creature when it makes it’s decisions.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I am sure they do. That’s why you signed off the orders to send your own brother’s unit to expedition out west.”[/list]

| Toah scoffs at Shastan |

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I have no knowledge of what unit they send on an expedition.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I was told my unit would be tasked with defending the southern border…halfway to Jericho, we were told we were now picked to go west. Must have been a coincidence.”[/list]

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I assure you it was.”[/list]

| The two brothers return to silence as they take a bite from their plates. The heads of the family sitting in silence. |

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “We wish they didn’t send your Unit Shastan, we swear! Seeing as your unit was the one to break, allowing the heretics to keep their foothold.”[/list]

| Thead laughs at his poor attempt to make a joke. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Thead, shut your mouth before I do it for you. You weren’t there.”[/list]

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Hey man, relax… I didn’t say you were in charge of the line that day, all I’m saying is that failure hurt the family interests. You know the Church granted us a charter to control the mines out there just thought you would have fought harder to secure the family some resources.”[/list]

| Shastan aggressively stands up shaking the table violently as does Thead. |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “You boys sit! Can’t believe you two, in front of your mother…”[/list]

| Thead sighs and begins to sit down, Shastan waits for Thead to sit down completely before doing the same. Mrs.Benoit stares down at her plate continuing to eat to avoid making a statement. |

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Now, Shastan I know it must have been rough out there. But you should be somewhat thankful for your brother Toah. He did not exclude you from that crusade. That crusade allowed you to find God, am I not correct in that statement? Sure you might have not found glory, but there will be more expeditions I’m sure.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Did you find God and Glory in your ‘crusades’ father?”[/list]

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “well…uh…well…well you see son about the serv-”[/list]

| Shastan interrupts his father |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I already know your answer father, you did not… Uncle Isaiah found ‘glory’ in the crusade of Saint George…not you.”[/list]

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I had my own struggles, Shastan. I was starting the mines. I was building your cozy life.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “No father, you built Thead and Toah a cozy life…You got Thead the wealth and Toah the power…there’s nothing for the third son. You knew you’d send me to the battlefield, just as Grandpa sentenced Uncle Isaiah to the battlefield.”[/list]

| Mr.Benoit stutters, looking deep within for a rebuttal to his son’s disobedience. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “And to your question Father, No…I did not find god or glory in the waste. No no no I found the absence of god out there. The heretics we were ordered to slaughter…the men…the women…”[/list]

| Shastan stammers as he completes to finish the sentence. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “…the…the…young. Is that seeing God father? I felt no light shine upon my skin in those moments, nor in any other moment. I felt the weight of viscera landing upon me, of friend and foe. Have you heard the wails of Deseret’s youth clawing their way out of Fox holes. Begging for the God you claim protected them to put them out of their misery.”[/list]

[list]| Mrs.Benoit [sub]Matriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Shastan, calm yourself. You must know we had no choice! We would of lost you to sin had we not enlisted you…”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “That’s what I told myself, mother. That’s what I told myself when I cleaned the viscera of Veldon’s guts from my shirt. That when I return home, God’s Bounty would be cleaner, safer, and protected from my sacrifice. That my brother Toah would clean up the Crumble, save the souls residing there. Tell me brother, why is the Crumble still there?”[/list]

[list]| Toah Benoit [sub]Second son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “It’s not that simple to save Sinners, Shastan. You must have seen that in dealing with the heretics of the west. Family, we must be nicer to Shastan…he obviously…uh…went through a great trauma out there…”[/list]

| Toah begins to nervously sweat. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Surely Toah, not when the Benoit brothers find themselves indulging themselves in the Crumble’s delights. I’m sure you two keep the sinners well stocked in cash to keep the market going.”[/list]

[list]| Mr.Benoit [sub]Patriarch of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Shastan! How dare you accuse your brothers of such sin? I know you are upset, but that is no way for a man to act.”[/list]

[list]| Thead Benoit [sub]First son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Yes brother, listen to father…you be doing best not throw stones in glass houses…”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Shut up Thead. I can smell the drink on your breath from here and the smell of perfume upon Toah…”[/list]

| Shastan puts his hands upon his head in disbelief |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “…Mother and Father are thou too stupid or too naive?”[/list]

| Mr and Mrs Benoit scoff in disbelief at their son’s statement. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I will not tolerate this hypocrisy.”[/list]

| Shastan stands and removes himself from the table, he makes his way towards the entranceway and retrieves his equipment and luggage. The sounds of his mother weeping off in the background as he begins to walk out the door. |

| Shastan opens the door and leaves, slamming the door behind him. |

[list]| [sub]Screen fades to black.[/sub][/list]

ENQAL’S BARRACKS, NEPHILIM QUARTERS, GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — NIGHT

| Fifteen Nephilim sit around a pitiful flame in the center of the barracks. Enqal is seen cooking and handing plates to the Nephilim around him, a mix of men and women Nephilim scarf down their food as quickly as they receive it from Enqal. Each giving a saying of thanks in a ancient sounding language. |

[list]| Hazath [sub]Male Agricultural Servant [/sub] | “Enqal, With you back from campaign, you could lead us through the mountain passes to Sabbath. Surely your master taught you survival techniques to get us through the mountains.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “How do you propose we escape the Quarters, Hazath? You don’t think these things through. That’s why you’ll stay in the field.”[/list]

[list]| Hazath [sub]Male Agricultural Servant [/sub] | “You don’t dream of escaping Enqal? They say Sabbath is liberation for the Nephilim, is the chance of liberation not worth risking death?”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “The risk must be lessened as much as possible before we attempt, I have yet to see that chance.”[/list]

| The door to the barracks swings open, the Nephilim jump and attempt to hide. Worried of punishment for something possibly being wrong in the field. |

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “Please sir, I swear we shall fix it in the morning. Please let us rest tonight.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Enqal, my boy have I not taught you to stand up for yourself?”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “I’m sorry Sir…”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Okay…that still needs work. Anyway Enqal, it’s time to leave. We are ditching this land, I can not withstand the hypocrisy any longer.”[/list]

[list]| Enqal [sub]Nephilim Servant[/sub] | “Sir we can’t just leave. My people in these barracks I can't just abandon them…I won’t. ”[/list]

| Shastan looks around the barracks at the Nephilim slowly coming out of hiding. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I admire that Enqal…okay…okay I think we can pull this off. I sure hope so, I need some good karma upon my weary soul. ”[/list]

[list]| [sub]Screen fades to black.[/sub][/list]

ROAD OUT OF THE QUARTERS, NEPHILIM QUARTERS, GOD’S BOUNTY, DESERET — NIGHT

| Shastan and Enqal led the pack of Nephilim along the trail towards the mountain and out of the outskirts of God’s Bounty. Shastan held his rifle tight at his hip ready to ward off any security. In front of him he sees a torchlight making its way towards them. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Enqal do not trouble, I will deal with this.”[/list]

| Shastan walks a little bit further and is able to make out who it is. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Sir Taylor, I see you’re a warden now…”[/list]

[list]| Channer Taylor [sub]Warden of the Nephilim Quarters[/sub] | “Shastan, your family already reported your strange behavior. Relax and the Church shall take care of you”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “I'm okay Sir Taylor, I’m moving these Nephilim to their new labor site”[/list]

[list]| Channer Taylor [sub]Warden of the Nephilim Quarters[/sub] | “Don’t lie Shastan, it’s unbecoming of a man of the legion. I won’t report this if you concede and just help me put these beasts back.”[/list]

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “That can’t happen Sir Taylor, please permit our passage and forget you saw me and Nephilim.”[/list]

| Shastan raises his rifle and aims it at the warden’s chest. He can see the warden’s hand slowly edge towards his holster. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Please Sir Tay-”[/list]

| Taylor quickly grabs the pistol’s grip and before he can recognize his action, Shastan’s reflexes act and pull the rifle’s trigger. Taylor groans as he falls back to the ground. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “You must trust me now Enqal…there is no going back for me”[/list]

| Enqal puts his hand on Shastan's shoulder and Shastan turns to meet Enqal’s eyes. Enqal gives a knowing nod. |

[list]| Shastan Benoit [sub]Third Son of the Benoit Family[/sub] | “Onward…”[/list]

| The Nephilim pack slowly jogs in front of him as he slowly walks toward Taylor’s corpse. As Shastan pasts the corpse he mouths ‘I’m sorry’ and then joins the pack in their run. |

[list]| [sub]The camera lifts into the air showing an overview shot of Shastan and the pack escaping towards the mountain as the Screen slowly fades to black.[/sub][/list]

____________

[sub]A dinner in New Bethlehem - Un dîner à Nouveau Bethléem Season One, Episode Two, Directed by: Nicolas Godart - Written by: Nicolas Godart, Ray Bradbury, and Rod Serling - Owned by: Studio de travaux imaginatifs & Universal Television [/sub]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Poland1St

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

SIAM UNBOWING!

| To say the 20th century had been eventful for the Kingdom of Siam so far would have been a great understatement. A coup d'état attempt by the Khana Ratsadon (People's Party) in 1932, though doomed, had nevertheless fully opened the eyes of the then King of Siam, Prajadhipok (Rama VII), to the economic plight of the people. Prajadhipok sought to compromise with, rather than punitively punish, the ringleaders of the coup, and long an admirer of the United Kingdom - having studied at Eton College and been commissioned in the British Royal Horse Artillery, in fact - enacted a political system much like that of the British Parliament. On 28 June 1932, Siam's first legislature, the Ratthasapha (National Assembly) sat in the capital of Krung Thep, with an elected lower house, the House of Commons, and an upper house appointed among the nobility and monkhood, the House of Khunnang (nobility). |

| The Ratthasapha continued to function up until December 1941, when, under significant pressure from the Empire of Japan to allow Japanese troops passage into British-held Malaya and Burma, the military launched a coup. King Ananda Mahidol (Rama VIII) was just 16 at the time, and studying abroad - his regent, Pridi Banomyong, opposed the declaration of alliance with Japan made following the coup and refused to sign the alliance document, making it legally invalid. Nevertheless, Siam became a member of the Axis, with the 90,000-strong Free Siam movement formed not long after the move. The movement, supported by government officials allied to Banomyong, supplied the Allies with intelligence, performed sabotage activities, and helped topple the fascist Prime Minister Plaek Phibunsongkhram in 1944. Following the end of the war, the Ratthasapha was reinstated, and the young King Rama VIII returned to the country for the first time since 1938. The King immediately set about rooting out "cowardly elements" in the military - a pointed insult at those fascist and pro-Japanese higher-ups who had orchestrated the coup and alliance with Japan. Even more shocking than the 1941 coup was the King's death just a year later, largely believed to have been at the hands of disgruntled military personnel or royal aides, three of the latter being executed following trials. |

| Ananda Mahidol's younger brother Bhumibol Adulyadej ascended to the throne as King Rama IX and continued his late brother's drive to remove fascist elements in the military, with the nation also seeing a great opening of trade during the early years of Rama IX's reign. Mirroring Japan - though not quite to that nation's degree - the Siamese economy experienced a sharp rise, with new machinery, electronics, and plastic manufacturers leading the charge. The first automobile was produced in Siam in 1961 by the Anglo-Siamese Motor Company, a joint venture between Ford of Britain and the Siamese Motor Industry Co. |

| Combatting the rise of communism both at home and in the region has also been a priority of King Rama IX. To that end, in 1960, following a coup against the Royalist Laotian government, and then a counter-coup by General Phoumi Nosavan months later, the Royal Siamese Armed Forces began to mobilise. King Rama IX was finally pressed to approve an invasion of Laos in January 1967, to "restore order and peace to our struggling fellow Tai", as action and resupplying of communist forces on the Ho Chi Minh Trail in southern Laos ramped up. While this sentiment was genuine, so too were the King's wishes to reclaim some of the lands lost to French Indochina in the late 1800s and early 1900s, purge communist threats which were spilling over into the Siamese heartland, and further threaten North Vietnam. This latter drive intensified in March 1965, when Siam answered the call of the United States to commit ground troops to the Vietnam War, with then-Prime Minister Sarit Thanarat famously stating Siam would pledge "50,000 troops a year until we bleed the communists dry". |

| Though it faces war on its eastern border, and frequent skirmishes in 'liberated' Laos from Pathet Lao rebels, the quality of life in the Siamese heartland is generally on the rise. As a new decade approaches, the Kingdom of Siam continues its push to stamp communism out of Southeast Asia, consolidate its reclaimed Laotian territory, and strengthen its ties with the democratic West...and hopefully even increase the imperial prestige of the Lord Upon our Heads, Lord of Life, His Majesty the King... |

[spoiler="The important thing for the survival of the Siamese society is that the majority of those who work, both in the government

and the private sector, still strive to work in the same direction; this is why the Siamese nation still stands."

— King Rama IX]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

Post self-deleted by The Company Of Google.

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | FEBRUARY 1969[/list]

[list][list]日本

[pre]NIHON[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]純粋に恣意的な性質のデザインは長く続くことは期待できません。

Designs of purely arbitrary nature cannot be expected to last long.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

TOKYO, TOKYO BAY, Nippon-Nihon

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1096644

[sub]Since the end of World War II, Japan has risen from the ashes, built a strong economy, and become the most industrialized nation in Asia.[/sub]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list][list]JANUARY 1969

[sub]Nixon Oval Office[/sub][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K ¹[/pre]

OVAL OFFICE, THE WEST WING

[sub]WASHINGTON D.C. Paramountica[/sub]

[list]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐖𝐇𝐈𝐓𝐄 𝐇𝐎𝐔𝐒𝐄

𝐖 𝐀 𝐒 𝐇 𝐈 𝐍 𝐆 𝐓 𝐎 𝐍[/list][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=261572

[list][sub]Richard M. Nixon was interested in politics from a very long time ago.[/sub]

____________

[sub]¹ DISPATCHWORK, Designed by Paramountica, Assembled for Commonwealth Of Liberty.[/sub]

Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

Post by Aspexia suppressed by Paramountica.

Aspexia

Hi what is this i clicked the telegraph thing

Post by Aspexia suppressed by Paramountica.

Aspexia

Holy crap this place is 10 years old an you all post 20,000 word essays!!!

All new nations, welcome! However please refrain from posting on the RMB; as its only for confirmed map spot postings, if need me TG me and read this:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=497355

Thank you! ^>^

Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, New Zealand Nz

The Hong Kong Observer

Singapore and Hong Kong Leaders Meet and Establish Relations | February 1, 1969

Chief Secretary Hugh Norman-Walker of Hong Kong met with Prime Minister Lee Kuan Yew of Singapore at the Chief Secretary's Office for a closed-door discussion. In which at the conclusion of such discussions, the leaders will have a public press conference. The leaders had a Hong Kong style breakfast and began the closed-door discussions soon after. After 2 hours of discussions, the two leaders emerged into the press room. Press was eager to capture the moment.

In the press conference the leaders stated that Singapore and Hong Kong have a reached an agreement to begin bilateral relations. Such agreements include the establishment of a Singapore Consulate in Hong Kong and a Hong Kong Colonial Representee Office in Singapore. Another focus of the talks mainly included economic supports. Hong Kong businesses can establish headquarters in Singapore and will receive financial incentives and tax breaks. Singapore will export electronics, tin and rubber to Hong Kong. In exchange Hong Kong will allow Singapore businesses to establish headquarters or regional headquarters in Hong Kong and will receive tax breaks, lower commercial rents, and other incentives.

A official representative of the Singapore Government released a statement to the Hong Kong Observer, "Speaking on behalf of the Singaporean government, we are looking forward to working with Hong Kong to promote bilateral relations between our nations in areas such as trade." A representative for the Hong Kong also released a statement, "The British Colony of Hong Kong is looking forward to working with Singapore to further develop relations. This a move in the positive direction for both entities." May Hong Kong and Singapore prosper!

Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Independent Singapore

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

[sub]JAN |-| 1969

Tax Cuts, Old Guard and Neutrality[/sub]

_________

It was just a few months until the 1969 Election, deemed the most crucial and competitive election for Jack Lynch's Fianna Fáil and for Fine Gael and their Labour ally, an election which could see them enter as coalition partners. At the same time, Lynch remains a strong lead over the two parties, looming issues over further tax cuts, the answering of his "Radical Shake-Up" of Ireland's economic system and the ongoing feud within Central Europe. While the domestic issues remain at the forefront of his mind, the more conservative and perhaps to an extent, reactionary TDs, have urged him to take a stance on the matter. Does he bend over to the traditionalist Old Guard and abandon the long-term status quo of firm neutrality, or does he hold firm and perhaps further increase the divide between himself and the Old Guard?

These party political questions remain something that Lynch has remained fairly unsuccessful at. While a safe pair of hands and a moderate in Irish Politics, embedding himself as a more youthful and perhaps even more progressive Sean Lemass, his party has seen an ideological rift between the moderates and the Old Guard, which has reigned over the party and most of its policies for decades and even under his former. His 'Questioning of the big questions' speech at the yearly National Conference in 1967 was often seen as a watershed moment for the party and created a still-expanding rift between the two distinct factions. While the moderates may be seen as the catch-all section, with divides within them, it's the Old Guard who have remained firm since his election in 1966. Consistent criticism and threats to establish rival parties.

But holding his more centre-leaning views firm, Lynch faces two difficult issues domestically, that being further tax cuts if he wins his mandate in May and the details of his 'Big Radical-Shake up' of Ireland's economy promised and pledged after the election. For the first, it was clear he had to remain fronted on the policy, and he pledged he would include no tax rises in the next parliament, as well as reducing taxes on businesses and property, and perhaps his most radical one yet, ending the car tax, something which had always been very unpopular and a pledge to end it could grab further support. For his radical shake-up, it was a little less straightforward. Planning out a full-blown economic policy was hard to get right, and vague promises of de-regulation, reducing trade union power and cutting local council taxes for small businesses were not going to be enough to justify it as an economic shake-up.

As the election nears, Lynch faces big choices. Can he justify small tax and trade union power changes as an economic shake-up? Will Lynch hold his ground and firm it against the Old Guard, or comprise and make his dues as the party leader? Jack Lynch faces tough challenges in the party and government, and with the biggest election to date a matter of months away, can he win his big mandate for reform?

Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Le Equatoria

The Māori Battalion

[Wellington, New Zealand]

February 1969

The news that New Zealand was entering into a war had been met with shock and criticism. The press and opposition politicians alike had been slamming the Holyoake Government at every opportunity and public opinion had fallen through the floor.

However, the Prime Minister had decided that the best way to silence his critics was to stick to his plan. Secure great success in Vietnam, strengthen the bond between New Zealand and the United States and win the election as the Prime Minister that secured New Zealand’s place in the NATO sphere and helped to defeat Communism.

What was unique about New Zealand entering this war was that it raised internal questions on how their troops should be organised.

New Zealand’s Polynesian Indigenous population, known to the world as The Māori, had been there before the country of New Zealand ever existed. Relations had been inconsistent between these people and the European settlers that founded the modern New Zealand, but contributions to the First and Second World War had majorly helped to establish strong bonds and connections between the ethnic peoples of New Zealand.

So now that the call to arms had been made public, the question arose, would Māori New Zealanders fight in this war? And if they would, what would be best for the military and the wider political situation? Fully integrated New Zealand units or the reformation of the famed Māori Battalion of old that had earned the respect of people across the world?

These were things that the Prime Minister hadn’t thought about when he threw his lot in with the United States, but he would have to come up with quick solutions to them before anyone set foot on Vietnamese soil under a New Zealand flag.

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Independent Singapore

“Red Erich”

[East Berlin, Deutsche Demokratische Republik]

February 1969

The Slovenian-Yugoslav crisis had grown worse.

The German Democratic Republic had stayed quiet, urging for peace and trying to avoid taking a hard line. However, Honecker and Verner had been warned that Moscow was not pleased with this development.

As such Erich brought the hammer down in the first Volkskammer meeting of the month and announced a string of measures.

•Any and all diplomatic and economic relations were to be seized with Yugoslavia.

•Any and all diplomatic and economic relations were to be seized with Hungary.

•East Germany officially declares its condemnation of Yugoslavia and Hungary for “destabilising European peace efforts.”

•East Germany extends its “full and unwavering support to the Soviet-led efforts to restore law and order.”

Whether Honecker and Verner wanted to do this was irrelevant. They needed to do it. They couldn’t risk upsetting the Soviets, nor could they risk looking weak in the eyes of their new Western European partners. The move would also silence critics like Hermann Matern who had been accusing Honecker of trying to breakaway from the USSR in recent months.

These measures were likely confusing to many onlookers within the DDR and critics from outside its borders, but it was simply East Germany’s way of paying its dues. Naturally, there was no love lost. Honecker had little feeling for the Hungarians or Yugoslavia, but he was keen to stay on good terms with everyone and this seemed to be the lesser of two evils.

Internally, the East German leader had felt a knock to his confidence. The elder statesman freely negotiating with Slovenia, West Germany and whoever he wanted to was now being told what to do again, but he respected the Soviet Union and he knew how to play the game.

Regardless, it was not the start to the new year that anyone amongst the DDR establishment had wanted.

Proletarier aller Länder, vereinigt Euch!

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Independent Singapore

𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽-𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗇 𝖠𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌

𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗒 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖠𝗌𝗂𝖺, 𝖠𝖿𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖭𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗁 𝖠𝗆𝖾𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖾𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝖿𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗈 𝗈𝖿 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝗁 𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖲𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖠𝗆𝖾𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗈𝗏𝗂𝖾𝗍 𝖲𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗍 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗌 𝖽𝖾𝖿𝗂𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖻𝖾𝗅𝗂𝖾𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗂𝖼𝗄 𝖾𝗂𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 '𝖶𝖾𝗌𝗍' 𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 '𝖤𝖺𝗌𝗍'.

𝖧𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋, 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖮𝖼𝖾𝖺𝗇𝗂𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗆𝖺𝗂𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝗌𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝖽𝗂𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗂𝖼 𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗇𝗁𝖺𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖾𝗑𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗇.

𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗌𝗂𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗇𝖾𝗋, 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖮𝖼𝖾𝖺𝗇𝗂𝖺𝗇 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖽𝗎𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗅𝗋𝖾𝖺𝖽𝗒 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖽𝗂𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗂𝖼 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗉𝗌 𝖻𝖺𝖼𝗄 𝗂𝗇 1965. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝖺 𝗇𝖾𝗎𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 [𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗅𝗈𝖻𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗀𝖾] 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝗉𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖵𝗂𝖾𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗌𝖾 𝖶𝖺𝗋. 𝖳𝗁𝖾𝗌𝖾, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋𝗌, 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖾𝖽, 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖾𝗇𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗋𝖺𝗀𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗁𝗈𝗅𝖽 𝖺 𝖽𝗂𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗂𝖼 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗂𝗇 𝖶𝖾𝗅𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗀𝗍𝗈𝗇.

𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀, 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗁𝖾𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝗁𝗂𝗇𝖽 𝖼𝗅𝗈𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖽𝗈𝗈𝗋𝗌, 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝖺𝗍𝗍𝖾𝗇𝖽𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗆𝖻𝗒 𝖱𝖺𝗃𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖭𝗈𝗋𝗆𝖺𝗇 𝖲𝗁𝖾𝗅𝗍𝗈𝗇, 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖢𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗈𝗆𝗌. 𝖳𝗈𝗉𝗂𝖼𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝗁 𝖺𝗌 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗎𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒, 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾, 𝗂𝗇𝗏𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝗎𝖻𝗃𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽, 𝖻𝗒 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀. 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗆𝖻𝗒 𝖱𝖺𝗃𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆 𝖼𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝗈𝗎𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝗋𝖺𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖭𝗈𝗋𝗆𝖺𝗇 𝖲𝗁𝖾𝗅𝗍𝗈𝗇 𝖺𝗌 "𝖽𝗂𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗂𝖼" 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖺 "𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗈𝗇𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾" 𝗀𝗎𝗒 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 "𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗌𝖾".

𝖠 𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗄𝖾𝗌𝗆𝖺𝗇 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖿𝗂𝗋𝗆𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗐𝖺𝗌 "𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗒 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾" 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗌𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗈 𝗆𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗂𝗉𝗅𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗅𝗎𝖽𝖾𝗌, 𝖻𝗎𝗍 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈, 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗏𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗆𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖾𝗑𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾 [𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌] 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖾𝗑𝖺𝗆𝗉𝗅𝖾, 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗂𝖿𝖿𝗌. 𝖮𝗇 𝗍𝗈𝗉 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍, 𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗍 𝗂𝗇𝗏𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗂𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾'𝗌 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝗂𝗇𝖽𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗃𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗌.

𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗁𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝗑𝗍𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝖽𝗂𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖭𝖾𝗐 𝖹𝖾𝖺𝗅𝖺𝗇𝖽, 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝗇𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗇 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖽𝗂𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗆𝖺𝗍𝗂𝖼 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖮𝖼𝖾𝖺𝗇𝗂𝖺.

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | FEBRUARY 1969[/list]

[list][list]大和朝廷

[pre]YAMATO DYNASTY[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

IMPERIAL PALACE

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1946606

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Independent Singapore

ᴛʜᴇ ᴄᴏᴍᴍᴏɴᴡᴇᴀʟᴛʜ ᴏꜰ ɴᴇᴡ ᴢᴇᴀʟᴀɴᴅ

| New Zealand - Interest Expressed in an Australian Embassy

[sub]Years ago, the Prime Minister (Hamilton Thames) wanted to compromise with Australian Officials to better benefit the neighboring countries. Multiple oversea territories of New Zealand have also expressed heavy interest in building embassies between Australia. The Maori Welfare Program for New Zealand (MWPNZ) has stated; "Yet for our people to express interest in this embassy is to better show our own interests in building our embassies to help us all." The MWPNZ has a significant voice in government, however, Parliament has not expressed particular interest in the subject, and during WW2, it proved the least of the Governments Priorities. The British Embassies have been repairing through time, and the current Prime Minister is all for building embassies with the Australian Officials. The benefits? The New Zealander Government not only gets more say in Oceania but in oversea territories, as the Salutary Neglect on the territories have spread far too wide. The Government said in a offical statement; "Yet for us to let our own people cede with no proper reason is not a proper and legislative scenario" as per say the Prime Minister, Territories may not Cede at any given time; All stay in union. As New Zealand's motto suggests,[/sub]

[pre]"Onward,[/pre] [pre]New Zealand!"[/pre]

[sub]Not only suggesting a need for union, but also a nesscary action to be taken, with help from the Australian Government, the people can suspect the Oversea Territories to merge with New Zealand and benefit with the wider union to keep our people as one.[/sub]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, United Jericho, Rudnatia

[list][list][pre]K I N G D O M O F G R E E C E • Β Α Σ Ί Λ Ε Ι Ο Τ Η Σ Ε Λ Λ Ά Δ Α Σ[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list]TEN MONTHS TO GO : GREECE PREPARES ITSELF FOR DEMOCRACY, ASSEMBLES INTERIM GOVERNMENT[/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][sub]DEMOCRACY DRAWS NEAR, Adriatican Islands[/list]

[list][list] ATHENS, GREECE — FEBRUARY, 1969[/sub][/list][/list]


 | As 1969 dawned on the Hellenic Kingdom, promises of change had to be kept. In 1967, the April Protocols was put forward, a plan to restore the crowned democracy in Greece and rid the military of total control over the country. The April Protocols were seen as a great change for the Greek nation, with the hopes of bringing the political scene back to what it was before the chaos and destruction that rocked the country in 1963 and 1964. Some initially had their doubts about the return of democracy, with primary concerns being corruption, incompetence, and the repeat of the devastation that was caused in the November 1963 Snap Election, which was the final time Greece held an election before the Royalist Coup d'état. However the military government, led by the King, in Athens reassured the public that Greece would continue to remain stable, even after the return of democracy. The primary concern for the return of democracy was the Greek political parties. The Greek populous had already gotten a taste of the repercussions that spats between different parties caused, and the weariness of their return alarmed the people. Particularly, it came to the revival of the dominant, borderline extreme parties, namely the Centre Union, a centre-left, socialist party, once led by the late Georgios Papandreou, and the National Radical Union, a right-wing, conservative party, formerly led by the exiled Konstantinos Karamanlis. |


 | With ten months to go until the Metapolitefsi — the regime change, several things had to be shifted in the Greek political world. The opinion on the military government, comprised of middle-ranking officers, had begun to stagnate as a result of the crisis with Yugoslavia ( Ranponian ), as the country, once hoped to be a potential partner by the Greek middle class, was now an existential threat to the country. As a result, the Greek public began to criticise the military government by 1968, particularly due to Greece's increased involvement in Adriatic affairs, combined with a lack of agricultural efforts, which was rapidly being replaced by industrial efforts. As a result of shifting opinions on the government, a poll was held to shed light on the true thoughts that the Greek people had on the Greek Government. Although with much opposition, the King had approved the poll, forming a rift between the King and the government. The poll was held on the third of February, to much fanfare. |

[list][list] — APPROVAL POLL ON GREEK GOVERNMENT, 1969 — 34.16%[/list][/list]


 | The writing on the wall for the military government was clear, change was imminent. With mounting pressure from the King, the military government began to crack under the pressure. Although some were for the changes, others, more staunch conservatives, refused to budge. As a result, the King decided to create an emergency interim government, to satisfy both the government and the people. The move was seen by some as autocratic, however, the move had to do given the government's precarious situation. The interim government, set to be the new ruling power in Greece by December 1969, was a vast array of military officers, lawmakers, and left, centre and right-wing politicians. The interim government included Chief Advisor Georgios Papadopoulos, Deputy Chief Advisor Stylianos Pattakos, former General Georgios Grivas, former Prime Minister Panagiotis Pipinelis, and politicians, such as Konstantinos Stephanopoulos, Konstantinos Dovas, Stefanos Stefanopoulos, Andreas Papandreou, etc. There was also the possibility of including former Prime Minister, Konstantinos Karamanlis, currently exiled in France ( Metropolitan Francais ). |

[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

[/list][/list]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, United Jericho, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list]February 1969

[sub]The First Quarter Storm[/sub][/list]

[pre]A S T O R M B R E W I N G[/pre]

FIRST QUARTER STORM

[sub]MANILA, THE MANILA PROVINCE, NATIONAL CAPITAL, Provenancia - AFTERNOON[/sub]

| MASS DEMONSTRATIONS, organized by left-wing groups, student organizations, youth groups and more, had erupted late last year after a bombshell exclusive article in the MANILA DAILY implicated the government of President Ferdinand Marcos Sr. in the mysterious explosions on Corregidor Island that was now tied to a secret military operation to infiltrate Sabah on the island of Borneo in order to allow the Philippines to re-occupy it for national security and economic gain. The National Union of Students in the Philippines, the Civil Movement for Democracy, the Liberty Coalition, the Young Voters League, the Democratic Movement, the Communist Party of the Philippines, the Social Democrats, and more rallied tens of thousands of opposition voters in protest against the government. Outside Malacanang Palace, outside the Government Building in Manila, and outside the Armed Forces of the Philippines General Headquarters in QUEZON CITY, demonstrators chanted and marched . . . |

[list][sub]NO TO WAR! .... MILITANT MARCOS, DOWN! .... PHILIPPINES FOR PEACE ... JUSTICE FOR THE MOROS ... NO TO CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS ... NO TO DEBT![/sub][/list]

| The protestors were soon joined by civil society organizations who were eager to utilize the anti-government momentum to gather opposition against the constitutional amendment proposals the Marcos administration was proposing. A constitutional convention was growing ever increasingly more likely, despite hard opposition from civil rights groups that worry the possible erosion of democratic freedoms in the country. In the Philippine Senate, the minority in the opposition were the most vocal critics of the Marcos administration. NINOY AQUINO, Senator from Tarlac, and Liberal Party chairman, was the chief opposition leader; he organized rallies at the PLAZA MIRANDA where he decried Marcos' "shift to autocracy" and his "aggressive" interventionism in VIETNAM. |

[list]| [sub]NINOY AQUINO, Opposition Leader[/sub] | "There is no excuse for the clear abuses of military power that we are seeing from the administration in Malacanang . . . there is no ability to argue you are working for the people when you make the decision to leave the people and their will out of the decisionmaking process! We are seeing our democratic freedoms eroded right before us . . . we must utilize the power of the vote and the ballot box to prevent this situation from getting worse. To secure justice for the Moros killed on Corregidor. To stop reckless spending. To reinforce the Philippine family system and return the era of freedom and prosperity, because neither are mutually exclusive with the other."[/list]

| Down TAFT AVENUE, over 15,000 gathered in protest— |

[list]| [sub]MARCELO SANTOS, Student Leader[/sub] | "This war in Vietnam, waged by the American imperialist regime and backed by the dictator who goes by Ferdinand Marcos, only seeks to empty our coffers and deprive the youth of their futures! I say no to debt! I say no to a costly war in Vietnam, or in Sabah, or elsewhere! We are taught in school to play nice, but why is the government exempt?!"[/list]

| PRESIDENT MARCOS issued on Jan. 12 an executive proclamation MOBILIZING the Philippine Constabulary and dispatching reserve units of the ARMED FORCES OF THE PHILIPPINES in a bid to "contain the chaos" and "maintain law and order". On LAWTON AVENUE, formerly Nichols Field Road, demonstrators from Pasay clash with Philippine Constabulary officers on horseback from Pinagsama. The crowds are in chaos, but they slowly retreat as law enforcement slowly makes their forward advance . . . Pushed to NICHOLS STATION, a tram station still, the MANILA TRAM AUTHORITY (MTA) halted all operations amid the chaos. The incidents at Nichols resulted in the death of one protestor, a college student, to the fury of left-wing demonstrators who demanded the Marcos administration be held immediately accountable and justice delivered. |

| In a radio address on 17 JANUARY, however, Marcos stated his firm intention to weather the storm— |

[list]| [sub]FERDINAND E. MARCOS SR., The President[/sub] | "The disruptive nature of these students may be proof that the university system itself is in need of reform . . . we will stand firmly against the delinquents and the socialists who seek to destabilize our nation. There will be no resignation, only retaliation and accountability for these disruptors of the peace."[/list]

| —But the demonstrators would march on nonetheless, the demands growing with the voices even stronger. OPPOSITION LEADERS in the Senate and the House both pledge to consider legislation to SUSPEND Philippine involvement in VIETNAM indefinitely, but strong opposition from the Marcos administration guarantees a veto. The question then raised, some legal scholars ask— |

[list][sub]CONGRESS OR MALACANANG? WHERE DOES THE POWER TO WAGE WAR REST?[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list][pre]JANUARY of 1969[/pre][/list]

[pre]THE REPUBLIC OF CUBA[/pre]

[pre]A SPEECH DELIVERED BY COMMANDER, FIDEL CASTRO, FIRST SECRETARY OF THE CENTRAL COMMITTEE OF THE COMMUNIST PARTY OF CUBA AND PRIME MINISTER OF THE REVOLUTIONARY GOVERNMENT, AT THE COMMEMORATION OF THE TENTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE TRIUMPH OF THE CUBAN REVOLUTION, IN THE REVOLUTION SQUARE, HAVANA, JANUARY THE 2ND OF 1969. [/pre]

| It has been exactly 10 years since our Commander, FIDEL CASTRO, departed from Santiago de Cuba leading the memorable “Caravan of Freedom” in which he received an effusive greeting from the Cuban people after passing through the centers of Palma Soriano, Baire, Jiguaní and Santa Rita until eventually arriving at Bayamo, the Cradle of the Cuban Nationality. Near this city, FIDEL was able to meet with the officers of the Batista regime, getting them to surrender their weapons and their command post to the 26th of July Movement. Finally, FIDEL arrived at his destination and was received with cheers by the people of Bayamo in the Céspedes Park, near the City Hall where the signing of several decrees were made into law by the Founding Father of Cuba, CARLOS MANUEL DE CÉSPEDES, and his rebel government, such decrees included the partial abolition of slavery, free and compulsory education, and military service. |

| Since FIDEL CASTRO issued his written self-defense plea, titled "History will absolve me", the Communist Party of Cuba transformed and rescued a country terrorized by foreign oligarchies, mafia gangs, the exploitation and impoverishment of the working class and peasantry, and by the subordination of their own country politically, ideologically, culturally, and economically to the U.S. empire. In that speech, FIDEL exposed the challenges of the Cuban reality based on a list of six fundamental points: the problems of land ownership, industrialization, housing, unemployment, education and health. During these ten years, gigantic changes were introduced, such as agrarian reform and the nationalization of strategic sectors, among others, under the precepts of a purely Cuban socialism. |

| The salaried workers, both employed and self-employed, permanent and precarious, all united, have managed to rise to the status of a national class with political power and absolute control over the wealth they produce. Today Cubans can fully enjoy true national sovereignty, they no longer have to submit to Anglo-Saxon capitalist hegemony, and to top it all off, Yankee imperialism was defeated for the first time in the Americas. The construction of an alternative reality with a starting point based on the Hispanic world is now being proposed from our own bases, and furthermore, the unification with our Spanish-speaking brothers is becoming a possibility. Now, our Commander, FIDEL CASTRO, the historic leader of the Cuban Revolution, addresses the people from the Revolution Square in Havana to deliver his speech while the figure of JOSÉ MARTÍ, the apostle and National Hero of Cuba, stares at him from his pedestal. |

[list]| FIDEL CASTRO, [sub]Prime Minister and First Secretary of the PCC[/sub] | [sub]" Distinguished guests ... Workers ... this 10th anniversary commemorating January the 2nd is characterized by its simplicity. There is no military parade, even though we had considered a possible commemoration with a military parade on this 10th anniversary. But in reality, this has been a year of hard work, it has been a year of great efforts by all of society, which has greatly saved us up on consumption, and which every man and every woman of our country has played an important role on. And since the most essential thing for us was the work and the fulfillment of the objectives indicated, we decided (convinced that we were acting on the interests of our people) not to spend a single gallon of fuel on a military parade for this 10th anniversary, nor to waste a single minute of work (APPLAUSE). As for the rest, a very difficult year begins, a year in which we prepare for the five-year plan that begins next decade! (APPLAUSE) Next year, that is, 1970, Cuba will enter a new stage, a special period in times of peace, in which we will build socialism in our country as a united people (APPLAUSE) ... "[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" Cuba will become an economically independent country, and through the development of our productive forces, we will be able to form a bloc of Hispanic American sister nations with a universal project. We have already nationalized the strategic sectors, the railroad industry, the nickel and cobalt mines, the banks, the sugar mills, the oil refineries, the electricity and telephone companies, just to mention a few examples (APPLAUSE). But we have also managed to implement a planned economy with state cooperatives in the agricultural, ranching, and fishing sectors, reorganizing the relations of production under the control of workers and the state. These two policies that we have carried out with resounding success, nationalization and planning of our economy, will help us when next year arrives and our first five-year plan begins. In this plan we will be able to see the various measures that will enhance the country's development. A network of highways will be built with a minimum of six lanes through its entirety, connecting the country from the cities of Pinar del Rio to Guantanamo (APPLAUSE). And to complement this highway system, railroads will be modernized and extended throughout Cuba, whether it be passenger or freight rail, and now the very first locomotives engines are being designed and manufactured in Cuba. The trolley will remain a fundamental pillar of public transport in every city of Cuba ... "[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" A new city will be founded near the Cienfuegos Bay that will have the first nuclear power plant in Cuba, which will be built with state-of-the-art Soviet technology This new city will be called "Nuclear City" and will produce 20% of the energy consumed by the country, immensely reducing our costly expenses from having to import oil, which is increasingly creating a dependence on others that is preventing us from being energetically independent (APPLAUSE). We will immediately establish the National Institute of Industries that will finance and generate the necessary mechanisms for the creation and development of industries that provide high infrastructural and productive value. Dozens of state enterprises will be organized, directed and financed by this institute, in sectors such as telecommunications, the manufacturing of buses and trucks, shipbuilding and metallurgy, the sugar and tobacco industry, the biopharmaceutical industry, arms production, construction, tourism and fertilizer production, not to mention all of our future plans and programs (APPLAUSE). Throughout this trajectory, the work of socialist entrepreneurship and private economic initiative will be defended as long as the surplus production of the enterprises, that is to say, the surplus value, is in the hands of the working class and under its control ... " [/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" And furthermore, in the political and administrative sphere, a constituent process will begin to draft a new constitution that replaces the 1940 Constitution. The constitutional reform will be submitted to a process of popular consultation, that is to say, the Cuban people will vote for a new constitution (APPLAUSE). The state powers will be reorganized and our country will be forged as a unitary, centralist, presidentialist and unicameral republic, whose unavoidable goals will be the political sovereignty, economic independence, the industrial and techno-scientific development of the country and the workers' control and self-management (APPLAUSE). The current parliamentary regime will be replaced by a National Popular Assembly headed by a council of ministers ... I know that it will be difficult goal to achieve all that goals we discussed, I know that it is a long road because there are many who want to see us fail in order to keep us dominated and subjugated. And in that struggle our country and our people play a transcendental role: to fight and resist. The Americans have always wanted to take over Cuba, we are defending our culture of almost five centuries, we are defending the Patria Grande (APPLAUSE). There is one thing that must be clear during this coming year and all the following years: only on the basis of work and effort can our plan be conceived, work not only as a right but also as a duty, because every citizen must produce what he consumes. The fact that we are engaged in this great task is what guarantees our success above all else (PROLONGED APPLAUSE). "[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=[sub]En español[/sub]][list][pre]ENERO de 1969[/pre][/list]

[pre]LA REPÚBLICA DE CUBA[/pre]

[pre]DISCURSO PRONUNCIADO POR EL COMANDANTE, FIDEL ALEJANDRO CASTRO RUZ, PRIMER SECRETARIO DEL COMITÉ CENTRAL DEL PARTIDO COMUNISTA DE CUBA Y PRIMER MINISTRO DEL GOBIERNO REVOLUCIONARIO, AL CONMEMORARSE EL X ANIVERSARIO DEL TRIUNFO DE LA REVOLUCIÓN CUBANA, EN LA PLAZA DE LA REVOLUCIÓN, LA HABANA, EL 2 DE ENERO DE 1969.[/pre]

| Han pasado exactamente 10 años desde que nuestro Comandante, FIDEL CASTRO RUZ, partió desde Santiago de Cuba encabezando la memorable « Caravana de la Libertad » en cual recibió un efusivo saludo del pueblo cubano al haber traspasado por los centros de Palma Soriano, Baire, Jiguaní y Santa Rita hasta llegar a Bayamo, Cuna de la Nacionalidad Cubana. Cerca de esta ciudad, FIDEL pudo reunirse con los oficiales del bando batistiano consiguiendo que rindieran sus armas y su puesto de mando al Movimiento 26 de Julio. Finalmente, llega a su destino y es recibido con vítores por el pueblo bayamés en el parque Céspedes, cerca del ayuntamiento donde se contempló la firma de varios decretos de ley por el Padre de la Patria, CARLOS MANUEL DE CÉSPEDES, y por su gobierno mambí, tales decretos como la abolición parcial de los esclavos, la enseñanza gratuita y obligatoria, y el servicio militar. |

| Desde que FIDEL CASTRO emitió su alegato de autodefensa por escrito, titulado « La historia me absolverá », el Partido Comunista de Cuba, transformó y rescató a un país aterrorizado por oligarquías extranjeras, pandillas mafiosas, la explotación y la pobreza de clase obrera, trabajadora y campesina, y por su propia subordinación ideológica, política, económica y cultural al imperio norteamericano. En aquel discurso, FIDEL expuso los desafíos de la realidad cubana basados en una lista de seis puntos fundamentales: los problemas de la cuestión de propiedad de tierras, y de la industrialización, la vivienda, el desempleo, la educación y la salud. Durante estos diez años, se introdujeron cambios gigantescos como la reforma agraria, la nacionalización de sectores estratégicos, entre otros, bajo los preceptos de un socialismo netamente cubano. |

| Los trabajadores asalariados por cuenta ajena y propia, indefinidos y precarios, todos unidos, han conseguido elevarse a condición de clase nacional con poder político y con control absoluto sobre la riqueza que producen. Hoy en día los cubanos ya pueden gozar plenamente de una soberanía nacional genuina, ya no tienen que someterse a la hegemonía capitalista anglosajona, y para más Inri, se le ha vencido por primera vez en las Américas al imperialismo yanqui. Ya se plantea desde nuestras propias bases la construcción de una realidad alternativa con punto de partida basado en la Hispanidad, y además se hace posible la unificación con nuestros pueblos hermanos hispanoparlantes. Ahora, nuestro Comandante, FIDEL CASTRO RUZ, líder histórico de la Revolución cubana, se dirige ante el pueblo en la Plaza de la Revolución de La Habana a exponer su discurso mientras la figura de JOSÉ MARTÍ, el apóstol y Héroe Nacional de Cuba, le observa sobre su pedestal. |

[list]| FIDEL CASTRO RUZ, [sub]Primer Ministro y Primer Secretario del PCC[/sub] | [sub]" Señores invitados ... Trabajadores ... en este X aniversario nuestra conmemoración se caracteriza por la sencillez. No hay desfile militar, a pesar de que habíamos considerado en el X aniversario una posible conmemoración con desfile militar. Pero en realidad ha sido este un año de duro trabajo, ha sido un año de grandes esfuerzos en toda la sociedad, de grandes ahorros en todos los sentidos, y en el que cada hombre y cada mujer de nuestro país han tenido que jugar un rol importante. Y como más esencial para nosotros era el trabajo y el cumplimiento de los objetivos señalados, decidimos —en la seguridad de que interpretábamos el interés de nuestro pueblo— no gastar ni un galón de combustible en desfile militar este X aniversario, ni perder un solo minuto de trabajo (APLAUSOS). Por lo demás, comienza un año también de mucho esfuerzo, ¡comienza un año en que nos preparamos para el plan quinquenal que arranca con la próxima década! (APLAUSOS) El próximo año, el próximo año tradicional, es decir: el próximo mes de diciembre, Cuba abarcará una nueva etapa, un periodo especial en tiempos de paz, en el que cual construiremos como pueblo unido el socialismo en nuestro país (APLAUSOS) ... "[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" Cuba se convertirá en un país económicamente independiente, y através del desarrollo de nuestras fuerzas productivas, podremos formar un bloque de naciones hermanas hispanoamericanas de alcance universal. Ya hemos nacionalizado los sectores estratégicos, la industria ferroviaria, las minas de níquel y cobalto, la banca, las centrales azucareras, las refinerías petroleras, las compañías de electricidad y teléfonos, para mencionar algunos ejemplos (APLAUSOS). Pero también hemos logrado planificar y intervenir en nuestra economía mediante las cooperativas agricultoras, ganaderas y pesqueras, reorganizando las relaciones de producción bajo control obrero y del Estado. Estas dos políticas que hemos desplayado e implentado con éxito rotundo, la nacionalización y la planificación de la economía, nos ayudarán cuando llegue el próximo año e inicie nuestro primer plan quinquenal. En este plan podremos apreciar las varias medidas que mejorarán al desarrollo del país. Se construirá una red de carreteras con un mínimo de seis carriles por todo su recorrido que conectarán al país desde Pinar del Río hasta Guantánamo (APLAUSOS). Y para complementar este sistema de autopistas, se modernificarán y se extenderán los ferrocarriles en toda Cuba, ya sean de fines públicos o económicos, y se diseñarán las primeras locomotoras fabricadas por la industria cubana. El transvía como medio de transporte público será un pilar fundamental de toda ciudad en Cuba ... "[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" Se fundará una ciudad nueva ubicada alrededor de la bahía de Cienfuegos donde se construirá la primera central electronuclear en Cuba, con tecnología de punta soviética. Esta nueva urbe será llamada ‘Ciudad Nuclear’ y producirá un 20 % de la energía que consume el país, disminuyendo inmensamente nuestros gastos costosos al importar petróleo que cada vez más nos va creando una dependencia que nos impide ser independientes en la cuestión energética (APLAUSOS). Estableceremos inmediatamente el Instituo Nacional de Industrias que va financiar y engendrar los mecanismos necesarios para la creación y el desarrollo de industrias que doten de alto valor infraestructural y productivo. Se organizarán decenas de empresas estatales dirigidas y financiadas por este instituto en sectores como el de telecomunicaciones, el de la producción de autobuses y camiones, el de astillería y metalurgia, el de la industria azucarera y tabacalera, el de la industria biofarmacéutica, el de producción armamentística, el de los sectores de construcción, turismo y producción de fertilizantes, y sin mencionar todos nuestros planes y programs futuros (APLAUSOS). Durante toda esta trayectoria se defenderá la labor del emprendimiento socialista, la iniciativa económica privada siempre y cuando el excedente de producción de las empresas, el plusvalor, esté manos de la clase obrera y bajo control suyo ... "[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]" Y además, en el ámbito político y administrativo, comenzará un proceso constituyente para redactar una nueva constitución que remplace la Constitución de 1940. El proyecto de reforma constitucional será sometido a un proceso de consulta popular, es decir, el pueblo cubano votará por una nueva constitución (APLAUSOS). Se remoledarán los poderes estatales y se forjará nuestro país como república unitaria, centralista, presidencialista y unicameral, cuyas metas insoslayables serán la soberanía política, la independencia económica, el desarrollo industrial y tecnocientífico del país y el control y dirección por los obreros de los mismos (APLAUSOS). Se sustituirá el régimen actual parlamentario por una Asamblea Nacional Popular encabezada por un consejo de ministros ... Sé que es una meta dificil lograr todo lo que hemos embarcado, sé que es un camino largo porque son muchos los que nos quieren ver fracasar, para mantenernos dominados y avasallados. Y en esa lucha nuestro país ocupa, nuestro pueblo juega un rol trascendental: luchar, resistir. Siempre quisieron apoderarse de Cuba los norteamericanos, estamos defendiendo nuestra cultura de casi cinco siglos, nuestra Patria Grande Hispana (APLAUSOS). Hay algo que debe estar claro durante este próximo año y todos los siguientes: sole en base del trabajo y el esfuerzo podrá ser concebido nuestro plan, el trabajo no solo como un derecho sino también como deber, porque cada ciudadano debe producir lo que consume. Pero es el hecho que estamos enfrascados en esta gran tarea, y por encima de todo la cumpliremos (APLAUSOS PROLONGADOS). "[/sub][/list][/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria

The XX Congress of the Leninist Communist Union of Youth of Belarus took place in Minsk. The congress was attended by 1,500 delegates representing 1.5 million members of the Komsomol in the republic. The congress discussed issues related to the development of communist upbringing of youth, the participation of the Komsomol in socialist competition, and the increased role of Komsomol organizations in public affairs management.

Special attention was given to the preparations for the celebration of the 100th anniversary of V.I. Lenin's birth. The congress decided to hold an all-Belarusian creative youth competition in 1970 dedicated to the leader of the world proletariat's anniversary. The congress also expressed support for the Soviet Union's policies.

The first secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Belarus, P.M. Masherov, addressed the congress, congratulating the Komsomol members on their successful work and noting their contributions to the development of the economy and culture of the Byelorussian SSR. Masherov highlighted that Belarus had achieved high indicators in industry, agriculture, science, and education. He reported that the average wage in the Byelorussian SSR in 1969 was 40.15 Soviet rubles, which was 6.4% higher than in 1968 and 2.4 rubles higher than the average in the USSR. Masherov emphasized that this was a result of improved work in collective farms, which had implemented new forms of material incentives and increased labor productivity. Masherov expressed confidence that the Byelorussian SSR would fulfill the five-year plan in all key development areas.

The congress unanimously elected P.M. Masherov as an honorary member of the Central Committee of the Leninist Communist Union of Youth of Belarus and awarded him the title "Best Friend of the Komsomol." The congress also elected a new composition of the Central Committee, with A.A. Kozik as its head. The congress concluded with a solemn meeting at Lenin Square, where patriotic and revolutionary songs were performed.

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti

Post by Isla De Trollface suppressed by Paramountica.

Isla De Trollface

(hands an American flag to all of u) 🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲🇺🇲

THE UNION OF NORDEN

11 February, 1969 - Stavanger

-----------------------------------------

NORTH SEA OIL: A NEW DAWN FOR THE NORDIC ECONOMY?

After years of exploration and months of deliberation, the news that the first major oil and gas operations in the North Sea would be conducted sparked a feeling of excitement and trepidation in the Nordic economy. The development of the nearly non-existent oil industry in Norden had been a topic of national debate since 1967, when Esso discovered a significant reserve in the Balder oil field on the Norwegian continental shelf. The discovery of these reserves, especially at a time when demand is high, has been slated to present a significant diversification of the Nordic economy, to develop the resource extraction economy of both Norway and Denmark, and to stimulate an economic miracle. However, with this discovery has come significant concern from nearly all sides of the debate, with threats to block attempts to pursue widespread drilling being levied at the government.

The commercial extraction of North Sea oil is not new, with the first recorded extractions taking place in 1851 off the coast of Scotland, and the first extraction of natural gas taking place off the coast of Hamburg. Until 1961, the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands all had major exploration efforts in their exclusive economic zones in the North Sea. Interest in the North Sea did not fully materialise in Norden until the formation of the Union, after which it maintained the largest EEZ in the North Sea region. As a result of the now growing industrial sector of the Nordic economy, the demand for cheaper material resources pushed the economy towards investing in mining and mineral exploration. In 1958, a letter from the Geological Survey of Norden and the Nordic Ministry of Foreign Affairs stated that "the chances of finding oil of the Nordic coastline are negligible".

However, in 1963, the Nordic government declared that any oil found off its coasts would belong to Norden, and in 1965, the Nordic Ministry of Foreign Affairs released an official map detailing the boundaries of oil exploration zones. Drilling licenses soon followed, opening with 22 licenses in 78 areas. Of the companies granted licenses for exploration and drilling, American oil giant Esso were the first to begin widespread drilling on 19 July 1966, receiving three exploration drilling licenses. By 1967, they had discovered oil in the Balder oil field, then designated 25/11-1. The news resonated across Norden, particularly through the stock exchanges, and seemingly overnight investor interest in oil and gas projects had increased exponentially.

Indeed, the excitement surrounding the economic benefits of this discovery are not without merit, with the fortunes of many nations being changed for the better through the discovery of "black gold". With demand at an all-time high, now would seem a good moment for Norden to enter into the oil and gas market. However, analysts have confirmed that whilst there is are reserves of oil in the North Sea, they will not be enough to compete with the very largest oil producers in the world, though this could change if exploration rights were to be expanded north into the Barents Sea. However, the growing environmental movement in Norden have voiced their concerns about the impact that drilling will have on the marine ecosystem of Norden's coasts and the North Sea. Environmental scientists and marine biologists located at universities around the country have banded together to submit official concerns to the government regarding these matters, which are due to be taken into consideration by the Parliament when the matter is put to voting.

But for the time being, it would appear that North Sea oil is moving at full steam ahead, with the exciting prospect of oil and gas prosperity very much in view for the Nordic nation.

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti

★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★

[list][list][list][pre]

"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."

ANWAR EL-SADAT

[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

_________________

[list][sub]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐘𝐀𝐍 𝐏𝐀𝐑𝐀𝐃𝐎𝐗[/sub]

[sub]C H A P T E R 2[/sub]

[sub][sup]FEB 1969 - LIBYAN ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]

[list][sub]In the capital of the Libyan Arab Republic, an extravagant 80,000 seater football stadium is seeing its final touches, within a few months, this stadium will be opened to the public and be home to the country's two biggest football clubs. Millions of euros and hundreds of workers spent countless hours building this monument, this synagogue, to football. However for many Libyans of a certain class, this stadium also represents something more. It represents how in just a decade, Libya has transformed into a modern state under the guidance of President Nasser and the union that tied it to Egypt, and how Libya was allowed to flourish.[/sub]

[sub]At least, that is what on the surface many would like to believe. The Tripoli Stadium was built by a consortium of Libyan construction companies, many of them having emerged in the early 60s. Many of these construction companies, such as Libeco (the Libyan Company for Engineering and Construction) benefitted from the fact that many of their owners were in high places (Libeco was owned by one of Libya's governors, Mustafa Ben Halim) or had connections with the military apparatus. When plans were unveiled for the construction for this extravagant stadium, Libeco and other construction companies levied their connections to construct the stadium without even needing to submit a bid as foreign companies would have done.[/sub]

[sub]The construction of the Tripoli Stadium ran overbudget almost as soon as it started, though not for reasons having to do with competency, but rather members of the consortium had artificially increased costs to cover for their embezzlement of funds from the project. This was not a secret, and in fact many of public officials, most of them of military background, accepted bribes to turn a blind eye. As long as the quality of the final product was not affected and it was delivered on time, certain actions tended to be overlooked.[/sub]

[sub]Libya's emerging class of capital owners and entrepreneurs didn't escape the central government in Cairo, in fact it was encouraged and Libya's newly acquired status as an equal partner in 1964 meant that it could pass its own national laws that liberalized the business process and economy more so than the Egyptian economy, something that drove more and more businessmen to Tripoli. The result was massive growth in construction, financial services, tourism, and other sectors. Of course, as regulations were liberalized and eyes turned to the other side, so did corruption.[/sub]

[sub]For many of those involved, such as Taha ben Amer, this atmosphere has allowed them to amass large amounts of wealth and influence, influence that has translated over to political power. The aforementioned ben Amer for example has been able to leverage his connections to get an office as the Minister of Transport in the Libyan branch of government, while other business owners have 'endorsed' associates whom were then chosen to positions of government or civil service .[/sub]

[sub]The Tripoli Stadium is set to open in a few months, and will no doubt have its own extravagant (and expensive) ceremony to match the stadium's own extravagance. 80,000 Libyans are set to fill a stadium which will be the envy of many across the continent, state of the art and fit to host any tournament asked of it. Yet when it opens, the Libyan business sharks will be the biggest winners, for their wealth and influence will finally have a symbolic monument dedicated to them, one that has netted them a healthy amount of financial returns just from skimming off the top alone.[/sub]

[/list]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list][pre]T H E S L O V E N E R E P U B L I C • S L O V E N S K A R E P U B L I K A[/pre][/list]

JAKAC GOVERNMENT HOLDS ‘GILDED RECEPTION’ FOR ALLIED NATIONS, PROPOSES NEW INITIATIVES

[list][sup]LOYALTY REWARDED

FEBRUARY 1969[/sup][/list]

The Jadranski napadi (“Adriatic attacks”) of early 1968 were long over. Yugoslavian slayings of Slovenian civilians had ceased in the wake of mounting international pressure and a new crisis unfolding between it, Hungary, and the Soviet Union, and opinion polls among the Yugoslavian public seemed to demonstrate that such violence was at a permanent end. At last free of the crisis marring normalcy in the Slovene Republic, the nation set to addressing the telling deeds of the wider world during the conflict and mending any dips in confidence that Slovenia was a resolute and lucrative ally.

Ambassadorial delegations from Alpenland (Cascadla), the People’s Republic of China (Osivoii), France (Metropolitan Francais), the Federal Republic of Germany (New Provenance), Greece (Adriatican Islands), Norden (Meerkien), Türkiye (The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye), and the United States (Paramountica)—all nations which had openly supported or treated well with Slovenia during the attacks—were cordially invited to what President Jakac entitled a pozlačen sprejem (“gilded reception”) on a starry evening at Brdo Castle near Kran: the opulent, centuries-old historic venue of diplomatic visits near the city. Triumphal golden décor filled the castle, walking paths outside were lined with finely dressed Slovenian guardsmen and tall Slovenian flags woven with genuine silver and gold, and a freshly grinning Vojaški orkester (“military orchestra”) entertained the esteemed guests. A three-course Slovenian dinner was served and formal toasts and speeches were given: the Slovenian government would thank the powers for their compassion, generous aid, and support during the attacks, express its friendships with each power anew, and praise their foresight and resolve for aiding in the continued safety of Slovenian civilians. All in attendance were awarded a miniature golden replica of Brdo Castle as a commemorative gift. The ceremony—unusually golden and ostentatious for the nonetheless grateful President Božidar Jakac, who oversaw it—was the product of the Slovenian Foreign Ministry. After some light conversation over the aperitifs, a speech from Jakac acknowledged that it was the Ministry and the present government’s goal to reward loyalty and stimulate strong friendships.

A slew of Foreign Ministry officials made their way throughout the event accordingly, appealing to foreign officials with optimistic plans for international collaboration. Of the many thousands of American soldiers temporarily stationed in Slovenia amid the hostilities, a marine battalion was invited to remain long-term in Slovenia; the Slovenian government offered up a sizable, little-used, and mountainous military facility near the Idrija for the Americans to expand into a permanent base to be leased until 1985. Greek officials heard proposals for the expansion of Greek- and Slovenian-backed naval security patrols in the Adriatic. France and Alpenland were offered new, more lenient, and more secure government-backed commercial contracts for low-import-cost Slovenian timber and paper; Slovenian paper firm Vipap had, apparently, been in close contact with the government on the issue. A short private talk between Jakac and the West German ambassador revealed that German engineering companies were sought for the review of Electro-Slovenija and GEN Energija electrical infrastructure to shore up safety and efficiency. Türkiye’s representatives heard of the government’s desire to share expertise in naval strategy, aiming that the country might someday draw nearer to the Greco-Slovenian naval axis. Jakac also brought up, in a private conversation, the potential for China to aid in the training of new Slovenian soldiers in advanced guerrilla tactics. Norden, the most closely-tied victim of the attacks—a Slovenian cargo ship bound for Norden having been the first vessel sunk by Yugoslavians in 1968—was invited to share diplomatic and military intelligence between the Slovenska varnostna služba (“Slovene Security Service”, SVS) and Norden’s security organs.

The scope of the new agreements was not restricted only to those nations involved in the crisis; separate of the reception, Malaysian (Maziya) officials concluded an agreement with the Slovenian government to subsidize a modest schedule of flights between the Malaysian Subang and Brunei International Airports and the Slovenian Matija Majar and Gradec Airports. This was to be accompanied by a tourist campaign advertising the Slovene Republic as a premier destination for work, study and Mediterranean relaxation and Malaysia as a burgeoning nation of exotic architectural wonders and tropical tranquility. The greatest beneficiaries of Slovene attention, however, were those allies invited to Brdo Castle. As the event ended with goodwill and very fresh promises of cooperation, the Jakac government offered up another point of discussion. After the concluding speeches and handshakes, Foreign Minister Aleš Bebler stepped forward, smartly dressed and adjusting his tie. As to be expected, he addressed the small crowd on the subject of loyalty.

[list][sup]“We are all allies here tonight; we will be forever allied by our mutual aid and friendship during the late conflict upon the Adriatic. We shall never forget that.”[/sup]

[sup]— ALEŠ BEBLER, Foreign Minister of the Slovene Republic, to the assembled dignitaries[/sup][/list][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1722936

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye, Spain-, Meerkien, Le Equatoria, Zingium

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

{THE SAUDI ARABIAN REPUBLIC}

Interest in a Singaporean ([nation=noflag]Independent Singapore[/nation]) Embassy Construction.

| For years now, the Arabian Public has wanted to go outside, however, a lot feel as well we can just keep to ourselves and rely on our oil industry, this is not the case for Singapore. When a official visited on February 4th, they announced their country’s interest in building a multinational embassy. The attending Arabian official said he would have to consult his advisors. The Sultan of Saudi Arabia, Al Hummad, is currently faced with the issue. Stating on live television; “Our country has a future: A future which can help our people see what’s right. May Allah help us all.” This statement expressed interest in the idea, but not full consent. So, as a result, many officials took that the issue required diplomatic deliberation between the two countries.

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Spain-, Zingium

Post self-deleted by Zingium.

Who is the Wolf and who is the Sheep?: The Grey Wolves of Tükiye

When the Republican People’s Party (CHP) splintered in 1966, several of its far-right members departed in protest. They saw Ecevit as no better than the Communists in Moscow and a man who was willing to kowtow not only to the Greeks, but also to the Europeans and the Americand, who the ultranationalists looked down upon with contempt and at times with outright hatred. These men and women who had remained within the CHP thanks to the legitimacy and unifying nature of İsmet Inönü’s leadership, had found little to gain with someone so left-wing now and in charge. Many of them departed for the Democrat Party (DP) under the leadership of Adnan Menderes, a man of opportunistic character who had drawn in anyone and everyone unwilling to tolerate anyone left of center while the rest fled for the Justice Party (AP) or the Republican Party (CP), particularly those with Islamist sympathies and those who saw Menderes with rightful suspicion.

While the CP and the AP have a solidified base among the Turkish public, the DP has taken a much more coalition-like character. Menderes, a man with little to no moral character was willing to put on as many masks as he could muster if it meant he could achieve his dream of leading the nation one day. Of course, Menderes himself had his own ideas. He envisioned a Turkiye that was socially conservative and adhered to its traditional ‘Turkish’ values. He was also an adhered to the ideas of the free market and saw it as the key to combating Communism and rapidly growing the nation’s economy. It was these ideas and more that had drawn Menderes closer and closer to the shadowy organization known as the ‘Grey Wolves’, a group of like-minded politicians, civil servants, military servicemen and businessmen who had a very specific vision for which path the Turkish state should take.

The Grey Wolves had been founded at the end of World War II by Turkish military officers seeking to push the government to advocate for territorial expansion. Greece’s weakness at the end of the war and the collaborationist regime established during German occupation had motivated Turkish irredentists to push for President Inonu to expand Turkish territory over the Aegean Islands as compensation for damage to Turkiye as a result of the war. However, their demands were not only rejected by Inonu (who had received a formal letter from the so-called ‘Grey Wolves’, encouraging him to push for these aims) but also, the Grey Wolves themselves were suppressed. Military officers involved with the letter were demoted and removed, and surveillance placed upon them. That reaction prompted the Wolves to be pushed further underground and to realize that the only way to achieve their aims would be through clandestine means.

By 1954, the Grey Wolves had expanded their membership and was composed largely of junior officers, some veterans of World War II, and ordinary Turks who had experienced the consequences of the Kurdish rebellion to the southeast and the government’s poor reaction to it. For many years, the Grey Wolves operated as a clandestine secret society with the goal of influencing top government and military officials. During the late 1950’s and early 1960’s, they gathered thousands of members who either became formal members or were influenced by the ideas of the organization. By 1960, the organization remained essentially leaderless, with a ‘central committee’ of sorts running national operations. The very nature of the organization prevented it from having any true leader, with the ardently anti-communist Grey Wolves having a sort of collective leadership based on the belief that power centered around one person would distract them from the goal of “saving Turkiye from itself.”

The reality was much more different, however, with the central committee being dominated by various powerful members over the years. After the 1966 election of Bülent Ecevit as leader of the dominant CHP and later as President of the Republic, the Grey Wolves seriously considered intervention and various factions diverged on how to act against a President who they saw as a threat to the stability and unity of the nation. For all intents and purposes, Ecevit was a Communist and a race traitor in all but name. Following the failure to prevent Ecevit’s election, the organization reshuffled its leadership and many members were subsequently arrested by state authorities in a covert operation aimed at preventing public panic and plunging the nation into political crisis. In fact, the arrests were largely attributed to operations aimed at dismantling organized crime.

While state action saw a diminishing of Grey Wolf influence, they found safe harbor within the Democrat Party and the secret endorsement of its leader, Adnan Menderes who was initiated as a member in 1967. Under the leadership of active TRA General, Kenan Evren, the organization has continued to infiltrate various aspects of the Turkish military, particularly those of the army, its largest branch. It has also drawn support from many DP supporters, and those who see Ecevit as either too weak, too strong or simply a threat to their interests. While also strengthening the organization, the Grey Wolves themselves have splintered in a plethora of factions ranging from Turkish ultranationalists, to neo-Ottomanists, anti-communists, fascists, and other far-right groups.

The Grey Wolves influence in Turkiye is not absolute and not completely a secret either. In fact, the group has been under surveillance by Turkiye’s National Intelligence Organization or MİT, the nation’s premier intelligence agency. MIT’s own political ambitions, close association with President Inonu, the CHP and later Ecevit has made them almost immune to infiltration, making them one of the state’s most effective tools at deterring further Grey Wolf influence. However, that hasn’t stopped the group from gathering power and it hasn’t prevented them from spreading to key government ministries, military units, regional administrations and of course the Democrat Party, which MIT has labeled as the political arm of the secretive group.

In a sense, the presence of the Grey Wolves has created a feeling of paranoia among both the Turkish government, the General Staff and MIT. For some, it’s becoming harder and harder to identify who is who, creating a sort of chaos within the top echelons of power which the Grey Wolves have been more than happy to exploit for their own gains. More alarmingly, is the Grey Wolves ultimate goal of seizing power in Turkiye and driving the nation toward their ultimate goal of a “national re-awakening” which they intend to conduct by means of political and armed warfare against those they see as enemies, whether true or imagined.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium

Post self-deleted by Wawanesa.

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | FEBRUARY 1969[/list]

[list][list]大和朝廷

[pre]TENNŌ TO SHUSHŌ[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1746072

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1746074

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium

February 1969 - International Waters

[sub]Newauroria — Evening[/sub]

v

|

Canadian Support for Slovenia: Naval Deployment in the Adriatic

February 1969 - International Waters

In a demonstration of solidarity, Canada has dispatched naval vessels to the Adriatic Sea to show support for Slovenia amidst regional tensions. The deployment of HMCS Adriatic Sea, an Acclamator Class Guided Missile Destroyer, and HMCS Skeena, a St. Laurent Class Destroyer Escort, underscores Canada's commitment to peace and stability in the region. The HMCS Adriatic Sea has been tasked with leading the naval presence in the Adriatic, signaling Canada's active engagement in the area. Additionally, HMCS Skeena, detached from HMCS Bonaventure, is scheduled to rendezvous at a Greek port for refueling before joining HMCS Adriatic Sea in international waters near Slovenia. This joint deployment aims to assert Canadian presence and support Slovenia's security interests.

Simultaneously, the Canadian garrison in Greece has been placed on high alert, with instructions to be prepared for defencesive measures if necessary. This proactive stance reflects Canada's commitment to safeguarding its interests and those of its allies in the face of potential threats or escalations in the region. The dispatch of Canadian naval assets to the Adriatic in February 1969 marks a strategic response to regional dynamics and a tangible demonstration of Canada's support for Slovenia. This date signifies the initiation of Canada's proactive involvement in promoting stability and security in the Adriatic region.

In conclusion, Canada's deployment of naval vessels and readiness of its garrison in Greece underscore its commitment to supporting Slovenia and maintaining peace in the Adriatic. This strategic move reflects Canada's proactive approach to addressing regional challenges and upholding international norms and values.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A[/pre]

[sub][sup][pre]Administered by The State Media, All Rights Reserved[/pre][/sup][/sub]

[list]𝐀 𝐓𝐚𝐥𝐞 𝐨𝐟 𝐓𝐰𝐨 𝐊𝐢𝐧𝐠𝐬[/list]

Political Instability; Saudi Arabia is built on top of a house of cards. With the Sultan dead; Leaving only two sons, both the same age. The country now sees another year of trying to figure out who leads; With more violent methods. The First King; King Saud had the favor of armed forces and welfare programs, however, the second king, is Salman of Saudi Arabia, who won the support of the Navy and all other military institutions, except for the Armed Forces. The first king had opinions favoring breaking isolationism and having relations with the United States of America, while his brother opts to keep to themselves and not bother building outside relations. The Saudi Arabian public has been split through this political conflict; and now, people who support Salman often see persecution in pro-saud cities and states, and vice versa. This shattered power dynamic now faces a tale of two kings; which can be solved many different ways. Outside forces have not involved themselves in the manner, especially nearby states such as Israel or Turkie, which do not want to get involved with the inner conflict that the country faces. The Last king never gave his wishes, so the manner is left ever more unclear. The Government Constitution is not established, with the only current legal document being the Quran, which does not even provide a base government for the country.

Evermore; the country tries to keep itself together as it tries to find its king, and with that, its people, as the country wishes to someday stop this cycle of endless political instability, and as of right now, King Saud is winning the fight, after taking major victories on the border cities of Hallat Ammar, and capturing the capital city of Riyadh and are now heading towards the city of Mecca, which now lies in the hands of Salman. The people have also participated in the armed conflict, mostly faithful Muslims who are faithful to one or the other kings. In the middle, however, are people who do not accept neither of the doctrines and instead opt to be neutral, which results in heavy persecution by other opposing people. In this time of Disunity, Saudi Arabia will find a answer to the equation, and can solve the problem once and for all.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium

FEBRUARY , 1969

New Mazist Literature

| [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] the current chairman of the [I]Democratic Action Party (DAP)[/I] would write a new book entitled Mazist Socioeconomics a book written along the principles of [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54613088]Mazism[/URL]. |

| The book's content are as follows:

[List][I]Personal & Private Property

There are two types of property an individual could have. One is personal property. What is personal property? Personal property is property that a person requires for their own personal health. These include clothes and medicine. An individual can refuse sharing their personal property with others.

The other type of individual property is "private property". Private property is a property owned by an individual that in some way generated them income. This could range from owning farm equipment to owning a car to owning a pen. It'll depend on what their job is and if it is determined that their possession is in fact private property. Unlike personal property, private property is shareable.

Taxation Of The Populace

To equalise the wealth of the general populace. This is to prevent people from getting too wealthy and subsequently having the power to corrupt the government and the workplace with their money.

The richer someone is, the higher their taxation will be. What determines their wealth will be their salary, how many people live within the same household, how many people within the household are working, ownership of private property and if they have children, what kind of school are they sending their children to.

[B]Workers Power In A Mazist Society

To improve the workers wellbeing all workplaces should be unionised into local unions. All workers will also have the "right to strike" as a form of protest to get their employers to meet the demands of the workers.

This is to ensure that the employer doesn't have an abusive amount of power over their employees.

[B]Congress of Labour

Above the local unions would be a regional union. A regional union is a collection of local unions within a region, in which the leaders of their respective local unions would convene in a designated building to select the head of their regional union. Above the regional union is the city union. A city union is a collection of regional unions in the city, in which the leaders of each regional union convene in a designated building to select the head of their city union. Above the city union is the state union. A state union is a collection of city unions in the state, in which the leaders of each city union would convene in a designated building to select the head of their state union.

All unions could have multiple leaders to represent the diverse economy of their level of union. For example the state union could have separate leaders representing the union agriculture, heavy industry and fishing field of economy.

Then there's the Congress of Labour. The Congress of Labour is a part of the legislative body to represent the worker unions in a legislature. The Congress of Labour would comprise the leaders of each state union.

[B]Workplace Community

There should be a community within the workplace, to guarantee that everyone is learning from someone's experience within the workplace and that there is a strong sense of bond between employer and employee.

[B]Fairness Over Inheritance

If a son wants to work for his father's factory. That son must start from the very bottom just like every other employee. Once the father passes on the private property that the father owns will be temporarily taken by the government to then serve as an interim period as a new boss for the private property can be found. This is to prevent the phenomenon known as "old money" and "new money" and to allow hard working employees a chance at owning the place they worked at and served with loyalty.[/I]

|[/List]

| [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] would heavily try and promote his new book through all of the newspapers that are ran by the [I]DAP[/I]. This has allowed it to gain traction among the Chinese community and the very few non ethnic Chinese that could read and understand Mandarin. |

| However [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] main motivation for writing the book was to gain grounds with the Malay community. The Malay community are largely rural, with very few Malays ever receiving full formal education. However the majority Malays never looked towards any leftist ideology despite for their difference in wealth and standing in society. [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] hoped that [I]Mazism[/I] as he saw it. Would breach the gap in the Malay community and become an ideology that the three major ethnic groups in Malaysia could follow. However the power of [I]Malay nationalism[/I] and it's leaning less towards progressiveness and more towards [I]Malay conservatism[/I] had allowed it to cement it as the majority ideology of the Malays and would be a very hard ideology to root out. While [I]Mazism[/I] has gained a miniature following within the Malay community. It wouldn't be enough to topple the potentially massive amount of votes that [I]UMNO[/I] could gain from the virtue of being a Malay majority party and the party that champions [I]Malay nationalism[/I]. |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Haiti - Up to 1960

| America’s second independent nation, Haiti has an impressive 156-year existence. Spanning one kingdom, a failed empire, and two republics, it seems Haiti’s history is ever-changing.

The Kingdom of Haiti (1804-1843)

| When Haiti became independent, most of its revolutionary core leadership had been killed. Toussaint Louverture and Jean Dessalines had both been killed in the fighting. This left power in the hands of Henri Christophe. Seeing no other way to ensure a stable Haiti, Henri Christophe declared himself King of Haiti.

The rule of Henri I, and his son Henri II, were both good and disastrous for Haiti. Making difficult compromises, Henri would continue the system of forced labor that produced the necessary sugarcane to keep Haiti’s economy alive post-independence. His rule would also see the unification of Haiti with Spanish Haiti, as local elites asked Henri to integrate the state. In order to cement a stable and fair rule, Spanish was made equal to French Creole, local customs were respected, and nobility titles were handed out equally.

The rule of kings would end after a devastating earthquake in 1842 destroyed the royal palace, killing Henri II, and the royal family.

First Haitian Republic (1843-1890)

| The first republic of Haiti, founded by the ideals of Jonathas Granville was fraught with difficulties. Integrating the Afro-Haitian and Mixed Haitian populations together was extremely difficult. In a compromise solution, Granville would institute a requirement where every parliamentary seat required one mixed and one Afro-Haitian in the district to have a seat, creating a proportional 50/50 system.

Ending the forced labor system, universal male suffrage, and achieving diplomatic recognition would all be important achievements of the First Republic. On the foreign policy front, the republic fell short. Bullied by French reparation demands, German gunboat diplomacy, and finally an American invasion, would bring the First Republic experiment to an end.

U.S. Occupied Haiti (1890-1911)

| The U.S. Occupation of Haiti would see 2 U.S. puppet dictators rule Haiti. Crushing two insurgencies by Haitian republican rebels, the us occupation would kill thousands of Haitians, and the system of forced labor reestablished to build roads, and railways. Most importantly, the divide between rich and poor would become increasingly obvious, as by the end of the occupation, most Haitian peasants (who made up 90% of the population), would be on the brink of starvation. Meanwhile, the rich upper caste benefitted from the expansion of U.S. fruit plantations.

Second Haitian Republic (1911-1960)

| The current iteration of the Haitian Republic (as of 1960), the Second Republic has been under increased pressure from all sides.

As the elites continue to amass wealth, both black and mixed elites have begun pandering to racial politics, pointing fingers at the other race as to why they are poor. This has had the added effect of founding two major fascist movements the TonTon Macoute esoteric fascist movement founded by François Duvalier, and the Dominican Movement a “whitening” movement founded by Rafael Trujillo.

As the situation continues to fall apart many fear it will be one of these two fascist movements, or even the communists who take over. A fourth faction of moderate nationalists called the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement has gained traction among labor unions and farmer' associations.

With a revolution on the horizon, the Second Republic’s days are numbered.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria

[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A[/pre]

[pre]{Constitution written after pleading with King Saud}[/pre]

| Today, as of the events of the Arabian convention, the people see a actual legal constitution as King Saud, winner of the Tale of Two Kings, now take into his own hands the manner of government power and to who it belongs. The Sultan originally ordered a constitution be written in his favor, however, the Arabian convention Camry changed his mind. He now wishes to give the Arabian people a future, not a hell of working states and other government loopholes never clearly explained, a free Arabia. To do this, he abolished political parties (as they threaten his own power) and he officially announced the constitution of the Kingdom of Arabia on March 1st, 1969, officially declaring himself ultimate ruler of Saudi Arabia. The British repersenitives, using knowledge from their homelands, helped create the constitution, signers being King Saud himself, Colonel B. Muhammad Saud, and The King’s son, Gunza Hammud. The constitution outlined the government of Saudi Arabia, how the king’s power would be passed and how it was the ultimate power of the land, and how the lesser government can administer the kings wishes, in all, if the government wished to stay in some form of power, they had to respect the king and his dynasty (that is, unless another king with more authority rules the land) than the government makes sure that the living dynasty is kept alive through any means. If it is impossible to save, than the nearest relative will have to be the ruler of Arabia. This, and many other reasons, now keeps the Saudi Dynasty alive. Thus, with the signing of the constitution, the king will no longer need to rule all alone.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

[sub]FEB |-| 1969

Sweeteners, Marxists and A Rebel[/sub]

_________

The election was truly up and running by the early days of February, and Lynch had aimed to push through some "election sweeteners" to get the advantage over his rivals of Labour and Fine Gael. Unlike them, Jack Lynch looked to make himself and his party to be not only fiscally conservative, pledging for a balanced budget for the next 4 years as well as a big promise, dependent on enough fiscal room to implement it, to end the unpopular car tax. Whether these small promises, like not increasing income tax and keeping debt levels stable, were to consolidate his voters in the rural farmlands or the middle-class of Dublin, Cork and Waterford, it was clear that Lynch was willing to not only go big with his big economic reshuffle, more so a cultural shuffle between government and trade unions, an issue which had only arisen since his announcement in mid-1968, but to indulge into the core issues of tax, spending and debt, promising big and small. Whether he would keep to them, or even some of them, was another question, but these pledges were popular in the party and the public.

Fine Gael and Labour were put in an unpopular position everywhere they looked. Oppose tax cuts, such as removing the car tax and reducing the housing tax, were unpopular as they were, but calling for increased borrowing to invest more money into public services failed to strike an accord with the mainstream voter, and only really the young progressives, who had grown to like Lynch more and more since his vow to "answer the big questions of the day" and "move his party from the past to the future" on a social level. It seemed this election was turning slowly and slowly to only one way - a landslide for Fianna Fáil.

But moving away from the optimistic feeling for Lynch and victory in the coming election, the Labour Party had entered an internal conflict at the worst possible moment. While they had been fairly united since the end of WW2, the party had always been seen as being on the cusp of "too left-wing" and was a key motive for voting for the moderate Fine Gael, often seen as being the more sensible and pragmatic.

But the rise of "Trade Union Socialism" - almost an idealistic move backwards to a pre-academic and pre-politics feeling of left-wing socialism - made the party a new form of political identity, a serious alternative. But inviting this idealistic sense of socialism had created conflict between 3 factions. The Old Guard had been the founding fathers of the party and wanted to remain to its core values of trade unionism and collectivism. They strongly preferred a sense of moderate pragmatism. The other faction was the more progressive and youthful voices of Labour. Socially much more liberal than the Old Guard counterparts, they mostly came from the dissatisfied youth of Fine Gael, opposing their moderate economic policies. Then there had been a rapid rise of a much more extreme faction, seen as neo-Marxists. Young academics and intellects from the Dublin area had seen the fall of the Communist Party of Ireland and so saw an avenue of attack via the Labour Party. While lacking influence and power in the central committee, they quickly made themself known.

In recent months, a small collective of Marxist academics had become prospective candidates and not gone on a party line, instead pledging the end of private ownership. This route had caused a deal of conflict inside the party and created a growing sense of instability in the Irish Left. While the success of the Neo-Marxists is yet to be played out, they have grown to become a nuisance for Brendan Corish and his central cabal of socialists aiming to gain ground in a potentially historic election.

But a third entanglement had manoeuvred itself into the mind of Jack Lynch. Putting aside a more optimistic approach to the election and pledges of cutting taxes, he faced finally the problem of the Old Guard head-on. He had ignored their demands for months, focusing on his job at hand and ignoring a powerful faction that can only occur for so long, named Charles Haughey. An infection cabinet minister, he had always been seen as a more conservative and Old Guard-aligned new wave of politicians in Ireland, while a supporter of Lynch, was the political mouthpiece to the concerns of the party's conservative faction. A group of them were looking to form a rival political party in a bid to force Lynch to end his pledge to "answer the questions of the future" and his supposed move to the Left socially. This was to be a definitive moment for Lynch. Finally, the apex of the Old Guard. Does he hold his ground as he has done since his election in 66' or comprise and strengthen the party? So close to an election and a party split was the last thing he needed if he was to win.

Lynch would call a meeting between the leading figures of the Old Guard and himself to discuss a potential comprise. What would be included was whole other ball game.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, United Jericho, Klingenthalerburg, Zingium

[list][list][sub](🇸🇬) 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 (🇸🇬)[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][list][sub]1969[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list]𝖳𝗈𝗉𝗂𝖼: 𝖠𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇[/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][sub]🦁🇸🇬‎𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾🇸🇬🦁[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖦𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝗅𝖺𝖼𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗐𝖺𝗋𝖽 𝖺 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗉𝗈𝗌𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗈 𝗅𝗂𝖻𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗆 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇'𝗌 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗒. 𝖠𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗋𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝗇𝗈𝗐, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖨𝗇𝖽𝗂𝖺𝗇 𝖯𝖾𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖢𝗈𝖽𝖾. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝖻𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗋𝖺𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽, 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖧𝖾𝖺𝗅𝗍𝗁, 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝗂𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗐𝗈𝗆𝖾𝗇 𝗀𝗈𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖺𝖼𝗄𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗍 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖼𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗂𝖼𝗌 𝗈𝗋 𝖽𝗈-𝗂𝗍-𝗒𝗈𝗎𝗋𝗌𝖾𝗅𝖿 𝗁𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖼𝖾𝖽𝗎𝗋𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗀𝖾𝗍 𝖺𝗇 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗂𝗆𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗎𝗌𝖺𝗇𝖽𝗌 𝖺 𝗒𝖾𝖺𝗋 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗆𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖿𝖺𝗍𝖺𝗅. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗊𝗎𝗂𝖼𝗄𝗅𝗒 𝖻𝖾𝖼𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝖺 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝗂𝗌𝗌𝗎𝖾 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗌𝗈𝗎𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗌𝗈𝗅𝗏𝖾 𝗂𝗍 𝗊𝗎𝗂𝖼𝗄𝗅𝗒 𝖺𝗌 𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗌𝗂𝖻𝗅𝖾.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖮𝗇 𝗍𝗈𝗉 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾, 𝖺 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗒𝖾𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾 𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝖽𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽, 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗉𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝖿𝗈𝗈𝖽 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗁𝗈𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗌𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗍𝖺𝗀𝖾𝗌. 𝖬𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗋𝗀𝗎𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾. 𝖥𝗈𝗋 𝖾𝗑𝖺𝗆𝗉𝗅𝖾, 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗉𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖼𝖺𝗎𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗂𝗇 𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗏𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖺𝗂𝗇 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖼𝖾𝗋𝗇 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝗂𝗄𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗁𝗈𝗈𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗅𝗂𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗇𝖽𝖺𝗋𝖽𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗍 𝖿𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗈𝖿𝖿. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌, 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗈𝗅 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗐𝗍𝗁 𝗈𝖿 𝗉𝗈𝗉𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list] | [sub]𝖦𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖬𝖯𝗌, 𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗄𝖾, 𝖺𝗋𝗀𝗎𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖻𝖾𝗇𝖾𝖿𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾. 𝖳𝗁𝖾𝗒 𝗌𝗎𝗀𝗀𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝖽𝗎𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗅𝗂𝖾𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗁𝖾𝖺𝗅𝗍𝗁. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗉𝗋𝗈-𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝗋𝗀𝗎𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 "𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝗇𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍" 𝗀𝖾𝗍 𝗋𝗂𝖽 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗂𝗅𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖼𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗂𝗇𝖽𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝗇𝗁𝖺𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝗐𝗈𝗆𝖾𝗇'𝗌 𝗁𝖾𝖺𝗅𝗍𝗁. 𝖳𝗁𝖾𝗒 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝗅𝗌𝗈 𝗉𝗈𝗂𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝗎𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗁𝖺𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗌𝗂𝗇𝖼𝖾, 𝖿𝖺𝗆𝗂𝗅𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗀𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗍𝗒 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗁𝖾𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝖺𝗇 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝖾𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗉𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖠𝖽𝗏𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗅𝗌𝗈 𝗉𝗈𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗈𝗎𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗌𝖾𝗋𝗏𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗁𝖾𝖺𝗏𝗂𝗅𝗒 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖨𝗇 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗌𝗍, 𝗈𝗉𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖽𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝖽 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝗈𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝖻𝗒 𝖺𝗋𝗀𝗎𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝗋𝗂𝗈𝗎𝗌 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖼𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗐𝖾𝖺𝗄 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗍𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝖻𝗎𝗌𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗆𝗂𝗌𝗎𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗉𝗈𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝗅. 𝖠𝗇𝗍𝗂-𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗌 "𝗌𝗅𝖺𝗆𝗆𝖾𝖽" 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖺𝗌 𝗎𝗇𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖺 𝖽𝗂𝗋𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗌𝗅𝗈𝗐𝗅𝗒 𝖽𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗈𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝗇𝗎𝖼𝗅𝖾𝖺𝗋 𝖿𝖺𝗆𝗂𝗅𝗒.[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗈𝗉𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝖾𝖼𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝖺 𝗆𝖺𝗃𝗈𝗋 𝗂𝗌𝗌𝗎𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗏𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝖼𝗂𝗋𝖼𝗅𝖾𝗌. 𝖱𝖾𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗆𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖽𝖾𝖻𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗇𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗍𝗈𝗉𝗂𝖼 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝗈𝗎𝖻𝗍𝖾𝖽𝗅𝗒 𝗌𝗁𝖺𝗉𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗎𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾, 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒, 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒. 𝖭𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗌𝗌, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗆𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝖯𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾.[/sub][/list][/list]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A[/pre]

| [sup][sub]International Story[/sub][/sup] | [pre]Economy Grows; Global Growth Continues[/pre]

| [sub]As Saudi Arabia begins to break the chains of isolationism, the country’s power and economy grows every passing day, now international value went up over 234 million dollars after the country began growing its oil industry and selling it to other countries. The vast economy of the nation grows evermore as the sultan, Sultan Saud, gives the go for work to continue in his favor.[/sub]

[list]| [sub]One of the reasons that the economy blew up was mostly due to the economic upturn as the oil industry was more heavily funded by the sultan, and the people began funding as well. The various programs set to keep track of oil records was el up in order to better manage the process. This was known as the Black Gold Commission of Saudi Arabia (BGCSA) as the BGCSA provides more jobs for Arabian families, the sultan become more and more popular and powerful, as he begins ruling his people with a even hand. Now, the oiled economy and its economic growth is pivotal in this country because of this particular project of cooperation between countries and their governments. This new grand initiative will help to bring prosperity to all of Arabia.[/sub][/list]

| [sub][sup]National Story[/sup][/sub] | [pre]Kings Life Threatened; Protection Agency Installed[/pre]

| [sub]The power of the king begins taking out pawns in this grand governmental chess game, as many are found conspiring against the nation, and its king, which shocked the populace at its announcement, the king even stated;[/sub]

[list][sub]”If I could count all the times I have been tried in my own life, it could exceed the number of stars in the sky, an uncountable amount.”[/list][/sub]

[sub]This growing threat in the kings life evermore grows with the more and spiritual hate crimes from local powers, as the country begins to fight back this terror back, it must protect its king at all costs. So, a new agency was established titled “Government Protection Agency” (GPA) which is the main goal of the agency is to protect the king and other government officials from danger or other threats to their power, the sultan, however, is of utmost importance and concern to the country, as if the king dies, then it would result in public turmoil. Thus; this new government agency shouldn’t be antagonized for they are trained warriors, effectively protecting at all costs.[/sub]

| [sup][sub]National Broadcasts[/sub][/sup] | [pre]Broadcast; Referendum on Elections[/pre]

| King Saud | “This session of the high court of Arabia has been called today on the basis of elections and its involvement in the government of the kingdom of Saudi Arabia, thus begins thy court session, my Allah bless all in attendance. To begin, we will hand over to advocate Martvun Saud.

| Martvun Saud | “Thank you your highness. Now, the election referendum has been one of great debate in our countries great history across the span of decades. Now, if you take a turn to look at this chart I made, only a mere .50% of all Arabian citizens hold a government positions, and almost 80% of those are royals. If we can look at the people around Arabia who have ideas to make it better, they do not have a chance to, because it is impossible to do so without pressing their word against them. Now, I propose a voting system be out in place so our country can be free, a country with people who have grand visions and people who want to make it amazing. I propose voting can be installed into our country as a new political device.”

The majority claps, while the royals ignore

| King Saud | This referendum has been brought to me the king and the high courts of Arabia to persist in the known issue. But, as people guided by god to make the right official statement is that voting is not going to be nested anywhere in the country. Things stay the same. Thus ends this session.

Rutannia, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium

Post self-deleted by Hatzburg.

“New Zealand together”

[Wellington, New Zealand]

March 1969

Following discussions and meetings with military leaders, Prime Minister Holyoake had made the official decision. New Zealand’s soldiers would fight together.

There was to be no separate Māori batallion formed for New Zealand’s entry into Vietnam, in the interest of promoting greater cohesion.

The decision itself was irrelevant to the two greater issues of the day. On the one hand, the general population of New Zealand remained firmly opposed to the war. On the other hand, no Māori leaders had been consulted about how to handle the distribution of troops.

Since the beginning of 1969, the Prime Minister had tried to transform the National Party into a staunch anti-communist movement that could represent New Zealand at home and abroad.

In reality, he had dragged New Zealand into a war they hadn’t ever wanted to enter, received no recognition from the United States and had also managed to offend the Māori community leaders. It was no longer a question of whether Keith Holyoake would lead the National Party to victory in the 1969 election, it was now a question of whether he would be forced to resign beforehand.

He had undone the positive work he had done throughout his tenure, spent the good faith that had been placed upon his party by the people and tarnished his own political reputation. And all of this was likely to cost the lives of ordinary New Zealanders.

God defend New Zealand.

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, United Jericho, Zingium

[list]March 1969

[sub]The Christian Democrat Machine[/sub][/list]

[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]

THE STEADY MARCH FORWARD

[sub]BONN, THE FEDERAL CAPITAL, FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, New Provenance - AFTERNOON[/sub]

| With the 1969 federal elections rapidly approaching, and the government of Chancellor WILLY BRANDT and the ruling Social Democrats still staggering in their effort to be re-elected to a historic fourth term, the opposition center-right CHRISTIAN DEMOCRATIC UNION have begun building up their electoral campaigning machine. With the D'Hondt proportional allocation system still in place, the CDU placed newfound emphasis on securing a significantly larger share of the vote than in any previous election, rather than prioritizing particular candidate quality. The face of the party's re-election effort would, of course, be its current leader, the elder statesman LUDWIG ERHARD, who served as the German economy chief in the 1950s and presided over a historic economic miracle. KARL KARSTENS and RAINER BARZEL were also rising stars in the CDU, taking on new leadership roles, with the younger Barzel taking on the role of campaign outreach chief, as the party seeks to counter Brandt's relative youth compared to Erhard and the other candidate for chancellor. |

| From February 17-22, 1969, the Christian Democrats held their pre-election conference in FRANKFURT, where they unveiled the 1969 campaign slogan and presented the party's platform for the coming election. There would be a drastic new rebranding, a stepping up of advertisement efforts and outreach, especially among younger voters, as well as the clarification of the CDU's social policies - a controversial move. "Echte Ergebnisse für Deutschland" ("Real Results for Germany") would be the party's slogan for the coming election, complemented by one of the most comprehensive party manifestos in years. Erhard was ceremoniously nominated as the party's candidate for chancellor on February 21, and he conducted a fiery speech criticizing the inaction of the Brandt government and calling Germans to "rally for better governance" in the coming elections. |

[list]| [sub]LUDWIG ERHARD, CDU Party Leader[/sub] | ". . . It is time for historic change. It is time for us to look forward, not backward. It is time for us to start delivering results every single day rather than every single year. Only now are we seeing the Social Democrats advance their agenda because they fear that the German people will see them for what they are! I have great respect for the Chancellor and for his government, but I firmly believe that the time for change rooted in tradition is now. Change rooted in tradition in the sense that our efforts to move forward should be inspired by our storied history as a nation. We cannot abandon tradition, but instead, we must use it as the basis for the construction of our future."[/list]

| As the campaign period begins, the Christian Democrats begin unleashing their massive election campaigning machine. Surrogates nationwide begin aggressively stumping for the CDU, primarily focusing on peeling away votes from the centrist German Democrats and securing the support of voters feeling dissatisfied with the socially liberal, fiscally pro-business Free Democratic Party (FDP). The CDU will need to balance appealing to an electorate growing increasingly socially liberal but also militarily and diplomatically hawkish amid shifts in the European political scene, but the party will also need to motivate conservative turnout if they wish to win the coming elections. |

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Post self-deleted by Haydenland.

Haydenland wrote:I believe that all nations should have, as in liberty, the freedom to own a firearm. Without a firearm, deaths would rise as there would be no self defense. Guns don't kill people, people kill people. People have the thought to kill, guns do not. There is no point in banning firearms. If guns are outlawed, only outlaws have guns. Only criminals would have guns. That doesn't sound good to me.

We rp here in the rmb, not politics, also read Gun Control in Nazi-Occupied France: Tyranny and Resistance. This conservative babble is worthless at best and makes you look lame at worst. The principle of ownership lies in one's own safety not muh freedumbs

Batallon De Dignidad, Klingenthalerburg

[list][list][spoiler=​𝓓𝓮𝓫𝓸𝓾𝓽 𝓒𝓸𝓷𝓰𝓸𝓵𝓪𝓲𝓼]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j0IwCCJpOvU[/spoiler][/list][/list]

[list][pre]✰✰✰ 𝐌𝐎𝐁𝐔𝐓𝐔'𝐒 𝐍𝐄𝐖 𝐎𝐑𝐃𝐄𝐑 ✰✰✰[/pre][sup][pre] 𝟏𝟗𝟔𝟗 | 𝚁𝙴𝙿𝚄𝙱𝙻𝙸𝚀𝚄𝙴 𝙳𝚄 𝙲𝙾𝙽𝙶𝙾[/pre][/sup][/list]

[sup]Four years have passed since the end of the Congo Crisis and the collapse of Schrammer's revolt in the Oriental Province. One man alone stands above his land, peering and plotting his next caculating move. Having won the brutal game of power, Mobutu had successfully crushed all opposition and solidified his control over the country. With a firm grip on the government, Mobutu begins to implement his vision of a centralized and authoritarian regime. The first of these implementations is the political vanguard that will legitimize Mobutu's reign. It is the Parti Évolutionnaire National, the P.E.N. A party founded upon the principles of peace, prosperity, and progress. More so, centralizing all politics underneath his party, those who submit would be welcomed with open arms into the PEN; those who didn't would be sent on a one way trip to a penal camp. Loyalists are lifted to key positions within the party, ensuring Mobutu's control over its agenda and decision-making processes. In the new Congo, there was no room for European concepts like democracy, liberalism, or other such un-African ideas. Rather, the order of the day is Bantu politics, PEN politics, Mobutu politics…[/sup]

[sup]To breathe new life into this political order, Mobutu and his political comrades release the party doctrine to the Congolese people, the Manifesto of N'Zere. Its name is based on the traditional Kikongo name for the Congo River, N'zere. The Manifesto of N'Zere defined the core ideological position of the PEN as that of "African Authenticity" and "Mobutuism.". Mobutuism itself the expression of Congolese nationalism, a complete rejection of petty tribalism, regionalism, and European Limerence. The concept of "evolution" was also central to Mobutuism, as it emphasized the need for continuous progress and change in order to achieve a prosperous and united Congo. More importantly, through evolution, the 'New African or Évolué' would be built in a similar vein to the 'Ubermench' of the National Socialists or Stalin's 'New Soviet Man' in the USSR. Furthermore, the doctrine laid out its intent to build a strong, centralized state, unburden by the petty distractions of liberal democracy. The regime would be antipolitical and, thus, a one-party state. Leadership rests in the hands of the wise Mobutu, who would work to improve the nation by improving labor standards, maintaining economic independence, and creating "authentic nationalism.". In regards to the struggle between the Capitalist West and the Communist East, Mobutu's political program professed the need for an African Third Position, a position in which Africa rejects the dominance of both the Capitalist West and the Communist East. This third position aimed to promote African self-reliance, cultural preservation, and economic development without aligning with either superpower, opting for a more "positive neutralism" policy in foreign affairs. A new order has come to the Congo, and no stone will be left unturned, all within the party, nothing outside the party.[/sup]

[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | MARCH 1969[/list]

[list][list]成長にはコングロマリットが必要

[pre]GROWTH DEMANDS CONGLOMERATES[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] S E N G O N O K I G Y Ō [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

CHIYODA — MORNINGTIME

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

| Japanese companies, which family cartels and other industry associations long controlled called zaibatsu, had a habit of using size as a measure of success. After World War II, when the Americans took power in Japan, one of their first acts was dismantling the zaibatsu, notably the Japan Steel Co. The wave of domestic competition that followed boosted the country’s recovery. Encouraged by the government, Yawata Iron & Steel and Fuji Iron & Steel have agreed to merge again. The merger marked a long step towards emerging large companies in Japan’s main industries. On June 1, with the Fair Trade Commission’s approval, Fuji and Yawata will create the New Japan Steel Co., the second largest steel company in the world behind U.S. Steel Corp. The two mills had a production of 25 million tons v. U.S. Steel’s 32 million; they had sales of $2.5 billion. Under the chairmanship of YOSHIHIRO INAYAMA, now head of Yawata, the new company will hire 80,000 people in ten large, highly integrated mills across Japan. |

| Japan’s modern basic oxygen furnaces produce about 73% of its steel v. 20% in America and 10% in Europe. The merger will create a large pool of capital resources for investment in even more modern equipment. It will also be a strong competitor abroad. Japan’s crude steel production was 74 million tons — behind only America’s 131 million and Red Russia’s 118 million — and a fifth of production was exported. Both mills account for 34% of Japan’s steel production. They have no complaints about complying with the Fair Trade Commission’s conditions and have reduced their tinplate and cast iron sectors as well as market share in heavy rail transport, where they would otherwise clearly have a monopoly position. Japanese steelmakers aim for a 15% gain in production and an increase in exports in ‘69. About one in every 15 tons of steel sold in America is made in Japan, and Washington’s insistence resulted in a Japanese agreement to reduce exports to America by almost a quarter. The gap will be filled in other markets, notably Southeast Asia and Europe, where competition is expected to be difficult. |

| The merger will also contribute to the efficiency of the fastest-growing economy in the world. Production increased by at least 12% per year. Japan only achieved this feat because it has the highest savings and capital investment rate in the world and one of the lowest tax rates in the world. One of the reasons for Japanese success is the revival of the national philosophy that the larger the company, the more competitive it can be in international markets. |

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Second Haitian Civil War

April 24, 1961 - September 21, 1962

| The Haitian Election of 1959 would be the final of the Second Republic of Haiti. The two candidates were Daniel Fignole of the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement and Franck Lavaud of the National Reconstruction Front. Minor candidates like François Duvalier of the National Unity Party, and lastly Rafael Trujillo of the Dominican Movement.

The election itself was hotly contested for the first time in Haitian history. The NRF could no longer fall back on exploiting racial tensions, as now the Dominican Movement and National Unity Party were doing so. The NRF also could not fall back on false appeals for unity as the HPWM was already rallying the people. Even attempts at voter intimidation largely failed due to every party having an armed mob of supporters clash in the streets.

Faced with the crushing likelihood of the anti-elitist HPWM or the fascist movements winning the election, Franck Lavaud opted for a different solution. The elections of 1959 despite showing a clear victory for Daniel Fignole, would be voided until a time when it was deemed safe.

The Brewing Storm

| Rage, anger, hatred, these were the feelings that shot through every Haitian. For the first time in decades, they were offered a path forward, either by racial nationalists, or civic nationalists, and once again the government stepped in to stomp down upon their dreams once again.

No place was this more evident than in the army. The common, poor, conscripted farmer is led by arrogant officers dressed in pseudo-Napoleonic regalia. So it wasn't unsurprising when on April 24, 1961 a group of soldiers led by Francisco Caamano led a mutiny against the government, and declared Daniel Fignole the President of Haiti. Truly the Haitian Civil War had begun.

The Storm Breaks: The Haitian Civil War

The Haitian government largely fell apart when the civil war was declared. Santo Domingo, Cap-Henry, and Gonaives had all thrown their support in with the rebellion. Police stations that supported the government were torched by angry civilians.

Seeing their time to strike, the TonTon Macoute, Communist Party of Haiti, and Dominican Movement would begin causing trouble. Most of their violence was localized to villages, with one series of massacres known as the Parsley Battles seeing the Dominican Movement, and TonTon Macoute descending into fierce machete-bound fighting.

The entry of the Communist Party of Haiti that had long been dormant into the conflict, and increasing chaos in the streets of Port-au-Prince prompted a U.S. response. Operation Power Pack would see 12,000 U.S. Marines and Airborne land in Port-au-Prince where the marines were ordered to link up and support the efforts of the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement rebels within the city. General Wessin of the Republican Army would attempt to move in his light tanks; however they would quickly become bogged down in the fighting.

After 4 months of fighting, Franck Lavaud surrendered the city, and by extension the republic to Fignole. Nonetheless, the war was not over. U.S. And Haitian forces would begin a year-long process of counterinsurgency to root out the TonTon Macoute and Dominican Movement.

This insurgency phase would only end with the death of François Duvalier by a Haitian special forces group, and the assassination of Rafael Trujillo by disgruntled members of his own movement.

The Storm Ends

| As the year of fighting and bloodshed ended, Daniel Fignole stood as the new interim President of Haiti.

Thousands lay dead, major cities were damaged, and most worryingly the TonTon Macoute and Dominican Movement quickly became criminal gangs that would require extensive soldier garrisons to root them out. While Fignole had won the war, he now had to ensure he did not lose the peace.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

MARCH , 1969

The Formation Of The Intelligence Corp

| On the 7th of March, 1969. The [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] would be formed by the Chief of Defence Forces [I]Tunku Osman Tunku Mohammad Jewa[/I]. The [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] main function is to serve as an intelligence agency specialising in intelligence gathering, intelligence analysis, psychological warfare, surveillance, espionage, reconnaissance and counter-intelligence operations. It also manages the propaganda and counter-propaganda effort of the Malaysian Army. |

| However while the [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] has been formed recently. The [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] could trace its roots back to 1953, when Private [I]Hashim Rauf[/I] was attached to [I]HQ 355 Field Security Section (FSS) Intelligence Corps[/I] lowed by the attachment in 1955 of other officers and non commissioned officers for the [I]Royal Malay Regiment[/I], the [I]Royal Reconnaissance Regiment[/I] and [I]Royal Engineers Regiment to the 355 Field Security Section[/I]. |

| With the independence of [I]Malaya[/I]. The [I]Malayan members[/I] of the [I]Federation Army[/I] were transferred back from [I]355 Field Security Section[/I] to form the [I]Federation Field Security Section (FSSS)[/I] and combined with the [I]Royal Military Police (FMP)[/I], [I]Provost Section[/I] and the [I]Special Investigation Section[/I] under the [I]Royal Military Police Corps[/I]. In 1959, due to the differing roles of the [I]Royal Military Police Corps[/I] and the [I]Intelligence Units[/I], the [I]Federation Field Security Section[/I] was reconfigured and placed under the [I]General Service Corps[/I]. |

| In 1963, when Malaysia was facing the dual threat of the [I]Insurgency[/I] by the [I]Malayan Communist Party[/I] and the [I]Confrontation[/I] with [I]Indonesia[/I], the unit was enlarged and became the [I]Ministry of Defence Intelligence Unit[/I] under the [I]Joint Intelligence Directorate[/I] at the Ministry of Defence[/I]. Now the [I]Ministry of Defence Intelligence Unit[/I] have been reconfigured once again to become the [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] as the newly reconfigured [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] would no longer be under the [I]Joint Intelligence Directorate[/I] and instead going under the [I]Malaysian Armed Forces[/I] as a service branch of the [I]Malaysian Army[/I] with there being a total of 4 units part of the [I]Intelligence Corp[/I]. Those units are the:

[List][I]- 165th Army Intelligence Battalion

- 166th Army Intelligence Battalion

- 91st Intelligence Operations Group

- 92nd Army's Special Branch Battalion[/I] |[/list]

| The [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] would be formed under the circumstances of the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54670450]Malaysian Emergency[/URL]. The main mission for the [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] is to infiltrate the ranks of the Communist forces and gather information on the Communist and sew deceit into the ranks of the Communist. The [I]Intelligence Corp[/I] would be given the motto of [I]"Smart and active"[/I] and hope they'd live up to the motto |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Post by Democratic Republic Of Pan suppressed by Paramountica.

Democratic Republic Of Pan

Can i join the cold war

Cascadla

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR[/pre][/list]

______

MINISTRY OF THE INTERIOR: FRENCH GUIANA GETS SPACE PORT EXPANSION IN KOUROU

[sub]VTH REPUBLIC | PARIS, MARCH 1969[/sub][/list]

[pre] FRANCE'S PEARL IN SOUTH AMERICA [/pre]

[sub]| HELM OF LIBERTÉ, MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR - | French Guiana has long held a particularly unique place in Paris's heart. Guiana relied on France for almost all of its needs, including clothing, cheese, and Calvados, while other territories offered rich markets and abundant natural resources. The Austria-sized territory has however in the recent past managed to pay for itself as its natural resource industries have prospered beyond conception beginning in the early 1930's. Before that, Guiana used to be the dreaded, nearly impenetrable exile to which France's worst criminals were sent. It was brutally humid, remote from France, and surrounded by shark-infested waters and thick jungle. Another 75,000 Frenchmen were imprisoned in Guiana. Scarcely any of them returned home, battered by yellow fever, malaria, and cruel prison guards.[/sub]

[sub]With the closure of the prisons in 1946, French Guiana was upgraded from colony to département and is now attempting to atone for its past with a bright future as it now replaces the position Algeria had as France's oil and gas reservoir. French Guiana is also ideally situated for the space age, which is something the France Space Program could benefit from tremendously. At its latitude of 5° north, the surface velocity of the rotating earth is much swifter than at Cape Kennedy, which is at latitude 28° north. As a result, a rocket launched from Guiana can lift roughly 24% more payload than one launched from Cape Kennedy for the same amount of thrust. Furthermore, a 120° section of open sea to the east and north of Guiana is perfect for polar-orbit launches. Since France was recently obliged to evacuate its previous space station in the Algerian desert, the alternative is to invest $152 million in launch pads and their support buildings to bring French Guiana into the space age. The new base will be used exclusively for scientific purposes, including space probes to study phenomena like alpha radiation and communications satellites to link Western Europe with other continents. Officially named Le centre spatial guyanais, it is likely that people will refer to it as "Cape de Gaulle" as construction progresses. Situated amid a savanna and sandy coastland stretch in Kourou, 26 miles north of Cayenne's capital, the space center is connected to telemetry or tracking stations at Brétigny-sur-Orge in France, as well as Djibouti, Mayotte, the French Polynesian Islands, and New Caledonia. Six of its complex's space probes have already been launched this year, while technicians and scientists are currently working on the remaining eighteen. [/sub]

[sub]With the arrival of French scientists and experts, Kourou has inevitably grown from a little backcountry village to a thriving town with 5,000 residents. The population will eventually exceed 50,000. Workers from Brazil, Martinique, Guadaloupe, Saint Martin, and so many other nearby locations have already been brought in to build launch pads, schools, a power plant, sewage lines, dispensaries, and nearly 100 miles of paved road. As a result, 22 different nationalities are already been employed together. With its trim white bungalows, three- and four-story apartment buildings, outdoor fountains and sculptures, shopping arcade, and new hotels like the 100-room Hôtel des Roches that arose alongside the historic "Dreyfus Tower" that signalmen used 75 years ago to communicate with Devil's Island, which is eight miles across the water, Kourou's rapid urbanization is appealing. The formerly sleepy streets are now clogged with Citroëns and Peugeots, while Creole females race by on Honda motorcycles while wearing miniskirts. Raymond Vaudé, a grey-haired aquiline métro (Continental Frenchman) with three distinctions, owns Kourou's superb restaurant-bar. He is a bagnard, or former criminal, from De Gaulle's hometown of Colombey-les-Deux-Eglises, and he never appears without a white visored cap. Vaudé, a former burglar, excitedly sells his space-age customers postcards of naked captives crippled in leg shackles, crammed into the antiquated two-foot-wide cells, or being guillotined, while a black cat stalks up and down his bar. French Guiana, blessed with brand-new hotels and closer to France thanks to frequent jet flights, has even started to dream of hordes of tourists.[/sub]

[sub]The Kourou spaceport investment is spurred on by the returning investments from a nearly 40 year effort, comprising of countless construction and infrastructure projects in French Guiana that were launched between 1933 up to present day in the hopes of boosting the growing economy of the overseas territory. The expanded Port of Vieux in Cayenne and the expansion of other harbor facilities has seen the further exportation of minerals and other resources out of French Guiana. The recent completion of Adolphe Brezet Airport to the Southeast of Cayenne between Route de Remire and Route des Plages has served to drastically increase the number of visitors and flow of airborne cargo coming to and from French Guiana. Cayenne's new nuclear power plant located at the mouth of the Cayenne and Montsinéry Rivers has an output capacity of 2,000 megawatts of power which is by far more than enough for the 410,000 people who currently live there. The surplus power is readily available to be sold to neighboring countries such as Brazil. Additionally the French rail company SNCF has completed railways in French Guiana leading from Cayenne and branching out towards Brazil and Suriname which brings in additional transportation methods with heavy rail cars and engines. The French Government hopes to continue boosting French Guiana's economy and have over 1 million citizens living there within the next few decades. |[/sub]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE L’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Abessinienreich

Adriatican Islands

Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya

Amsterwald

Andorra-

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Astarina

Batallon De Dignidad

Brazil Toucan

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Earstenia

Falastinyya

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Hollunde

Holy Vatican City States

Hong Kong Delta

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Equatoria

Lieobria

Lucki

Maziya

Medarc

Meerkien

Metropolitan Francais

Monaco-

Mutawakkiliti

Nasrid Algeria

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

New Zealand Nz

Ngiera

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Paseo

Poland1St

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Republica De Cuba-

Rio De La Plata Basin

Rutannia

Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia

Saudi Arabiyah

Slipway

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spain-

Tallahan

The Confederate Prussian Empire

The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye

The United States Of Africa

United Jericho

Vancouver Straits

Veliki-Kolombia

Victoria Harbor

Victoria Harbor Ii

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

Zeitenwende

Zingium

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Amsterwald, Federated Arab Emirates, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Lucaswrld, Holy Vatican City States, Nileia, Federated Turkey, Nasrid Algeria, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list][list]JANUARY 1969

[sup]Lower Our Guard[/sup][/list]

[pre] T H E B U R E A U ¹ [/pre]

[list][sub][pre]

Sometimes you need to bend a little,

In order to keep your country safe.

Let him know I have a copy of my own.

We tolerated lawlessness in the land,

Until it grew to diabolical proportions.[/pre][/sub]

[pre]THREE DECADES AS BUREAU DIRECTOR[/pre][/list]

HOOVER’S INNER OFFICE, F.B.I. BUILDING, WASHINGTON D.C., Paramountica — MORNING

| As his light gray suit jacket is draped over his leather armchair, F.B.I. Director, J. EDGAR HOOVER sits with his right white collared sleeve rolled up halfway up his arm as the doctor administers his daily injection of vitamin and energy boosts for the day. HOOVER’s eyes are focused on the television screen before him as he can hear the orchestra play “Stars & Stripes Forever” from the open balcony window, as well as the sense of jubilation from the cheering and celebration going on outside. On the television screen what millions of Americans are viewing on their own sets across the country, all taking place only a view away from HOOVER . . . it’s the newly elected President’s inauguration, RICHARD M. NIXON, the soon to be 38th President of the United States of America, waving to the passing crowds with PAT NIXON by his side on the open roof panel of the motorcade. NBC News Correspondents discuss the unfolding events, interestingly enough, President-Elect NIXON is riding in the same limousine LBJ used throughout his presidency, but to anyone who can remember far back enough, it’s the same car that JFK rode in on that fateful day in Dallas, 1963. Something HOOVER remembers clearly, well aware that the Lincoln Continental was just refitted with bulletproof glass and painted black instead of that midnight blue KENNEDY had picked out. |

| But beyond a small detail like that, a lot has occurred since ’63, with the Vietnam War now well underway with the onset of the JOHNSON Presidency, the anti-War movement, carried by the belief that it was ran from Moscow, Peking, and Hanoi has consumed HOOVER’s FBI as equally as much as the FBI’s obsession with wiretapping of Civil Rights leaders — HOOVER himself, is in all sense of the word, not a Director of the FBI, but a Dictator of the FBI — running the organization since the 1920s, despite considerations from Presidents WALLACE, TRUMAN, and KENNEDY to remove him, HOOVER remained due to political risks associated with such a removal . . . Over the decades HOOVER’s FBI had not only done tasks required by Congress, but also the collection of Washington’s secrets — all categorized into HOOVER’s Files, and they were by every measure contents are only known to the Director. National blackmail, in a way, kept HOOVER’s position in place . . . as the DOCTOR finishes his morning check-up, HOOVER rises from his chair, slipping on his suit jacket and walking over to the open window balcony. |

| Stepping onto it, he scans over the entire scene, seeing NIXON’s motorcade traveling on by to Capitol Hill from the White House, outgoing President LYNDON B. JOHNSON in the motorcade as well, awaiting to travel back to Texas on his last Air Force One flight after the swearing in of the new President . . . J. EDGAR HOOVER, after looking at the entire scene for a moment, proceeded to walk back inside, turning his back to the real events, staring at the television screen as the “Stars & Stripes Forever” sounds get louder and louder as he ponders his own— |

[list]| J. EDGAR HOOVER, [sub]F.B.I. Director:[/sub] | “When morals decline, and good men do nothing, evil flourishes. Every citizen has a duty to learn of this which threatens his home . . .”[/list]

[pre]Anti-War protestors holding up signs against further entry into Vietnam in front of the White House gates. Protestors clash with police in urban cities.[/pre]

[list]| J. EDGAR HOOVER, [sub]F.B.I. Director:[/sub] | “. . . His children, Society uninterested . . .”[/list]

[pre]Helicopters landing in the jungles of Vietnam, Civil Rights activists marching on Washington.[/pre]

[list]| J. EDGAR HOOVER, [sub]F.B.I. Director:[/sub] | “. . . unwilling to learn from the past, is doomed to repeat it.[/list]

[pre]The 1920s Red Scare against Communism, the Anarchist bombings and threats of the post-Great War era . . . the rise of Communism in the post-WWII Era, Hoover connects these things to the modern anti-war and civil rights movements.[/pre]

[list]| J. EDGAR HOOVER, [sub]F.B.I. Director:[/sub] | “We must never forget our history . . . we must never lower our guard.”[/list]

| HOOVER stares at the television; its Patriotic Americana as a row of marching Marines hold a row of U.S. Flags before the NIXON motorcade, the streets are lined with supporters of the Washington elite as the television camera now turns to NIXON directly, waving to the crowds, doing his famous V-hand salute with both arms with a wide grin . . . but HOOVER saw something the incoming President and his supporters couldn’t have noticed, from his balcony, in the distance, waves upon waves of anti-war protestors marching on the National Mall away from the broadcasting cameras of Capitol Hill. He’s stranger in his own land, as the Stars & Stripes Forever plays on. |

WEST WING, THE WHITE HOUSE, WASHINGTON D.C., Paramountica — MORNING

| It’s January 21st, a day after Inauguration and the gala parties that were hosted in the evening. HOOVER sits waiting in the Secretary’s Office before the Oval Office. Wearing a dark blue suit, old and stern-faced. Even today, there are organizations that have America as their prime target. They would destroy the safety and the happiness of every individual if it meant they could trust the U.S. into a condition of lawlessness, its HOOVER’s direct link from the Domestic Communists of the 1920s, and the International Communists which endorse the movements which in his mind, seek to destroy the American way of life by protests and unrest. The President’s Secretary, ROSE MARY WOODS, walks up to the FBI Director. |

[list]| MRS. ROSE MARY WOODS, [sub]POTUS Secretary:[/sub] | “The President will see you now, Mr. Hoover.”

| J. EDGAR HOOVER, [sub]F.B.I. Director:[/sub] | “Alrighty.”[/list]

| HOOVER taps his folder of documents once on the coffee table before rising to his feet and following the SECRETARY as she opens the door to the Oval Office. He proceeds halt and stare at the portrait of George Washington hung near the door, before proceeding to enter the Oval Office. He’s greeted by The PRESIDENT— |

[list]| RICHARD M. NIXON, [sub]The President:[/sub] | “. . . Edgar, come in!”[/list]

| The door is closed after the FBI Director enters the Oval ². |

____________

[sub]¹ A Series: THE BUREAU, J. EDGAR HOOVER ran the Federal Bureau of Investigation from June 1935 to May 1972, making him the longest, controversial, and most influential FBI director in American history.[/sub]

[sub]² Oval, Located in the White House, the Oval Office is the seat of the Presidency's daily tasks and symbol of worksmenship.[/sub]

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Lucaswrld, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list]March 1969

[sub]The New Movement[/sub][/list]

[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]

THE FUTURE IS FEMALE?

[sub]WEST BERLIN, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, New Provenance - EVENING[/sub]

| The growing strength of the 1968 Movement is creating massive political reverberations as Germany enters one of its most crucial election years. The liberal progressive student movement rooted in the anti-war movement and dissatisfaction with a pivot by the Social Democrat government away from younger voters and towards German businesses and middle-class, middle-aged voters was growing in strength and influence. Polling from the Allenbach Institute and other members of the German media indicate that there is strong support for a "Third Way" party that would represent the anti-war, pro-liberal, socially progressive movement that was demanding, among other things, the resignation and retirement of a generation of German politicians tied to the country's Volkist past, recognition of that history, and the advancement of equal rights amendments into Germany's Basic Law. The movement became a serious political threat to the center-right CDU and the governing center-left SPD when several prominent independent student groups tied to the 1968 Movement formally registered "Deutschland fur das Volk" (Germany for the People, or DfV) with the Federal Returning Officer, the nation's electoral agency. When the process of selecting a party chief began, the students turned to one person in particular. |

[list]| [sub]SOPHIA SCHOLL, SPD Deputy[/sub] | "I look favorably on a third party alternative, the kind that these pro-peace movements are demanding. This is the generation that grew up in an era of peace, and we want to preserve that peace. A country cannot find itself deadlocked between two choices every election."[/list]

| SOPHIA SCHOLL was a senior SPD deputy with a storied history. Representing Hohenlohe, Scholl was a storied veteran of the Second World War. From the Blue Lotus Movement that resisted against the Volkist government, to one of the representatives of younger Germans during the constitutional convention that drew up the original Basic Law that guided the formation of the new Federal Republic in 1949, she had a strong reputation. She was also a renowned independent politically, having only joined the SPD at the insistence of one of her closest personal friends, Annemarie Regner, now a senior SPD leader. Scholl, with her independent streak and distaste for the two-party political deadlock that she believed lead to the rise of Volkism in Germany, was open to a third party alternative. It was thus no surprise, but also a great surprise, when she announced her intention to "solemnly" depart the Social Democrats and lead the new DfV. |

| After the party was formally registered for the 1969 federal elections with over 500,000 legal signatures recorded, largely thanks to the endorsement of the party by the 1968 Movement and its chief student leaders, including Joschka Fischer, who was marked as a potential leader for the party as well, Scholl and her partners from her Independent days organized a convention in Frankfurt in early March. Scholl was formally elected party leader and its candidate for chancellor, while Joschka Fischer was elected deputy leader. The party garnered strong support and enthusiasm from younger voters dissatisfied with both the SPD and the CDU, and the new party adopted a centrist platform with a populist flair. Lower taxes, a stronger welfare system, support for peace in Vietnam and in Europe, detente with the East German government, and more were adopted with widespread support. |

| The formation of the DfV now forms a complicated and chaotic situation for the coming election. The party will likely pull voters from both the CDU and the SPD thanks largely to Scholl's strong popularity across party lines, though its aggressively and pointedly progressive-liberal politics could mean the party will affect the SPD and FDP more than the conservative-leaning CDU. The party, however, will have to navigate the complicated question of the 1968 Movement's ties to explicitly pro-communist and pro-socialist student organizations that speak extremely favorably of Cuba, the Soviet Union, and Communist China. Scholl has disavowed communism and socialism in the past, which may prove to either be a boon or a major point of difficulty for the new party. However, not seeking to alienate a crucial group of voters, neither Chancellor Willy Brandt (SPD leader) and opposition leader Ludwig Erhard (CDU leader) made any negative comments towards the party's establishment. Reinhold Meier, of the German Democrats, was the only leader to praise the party's formation as an "affirmation of Germany's flourishing democracy". |

[list]| [sub]SOPHIA SCHOLL, Leader of the DfV[/sub] | "In a rapidly changing world, the leaders and policies of old will no longer do. Change is something that is necessary, not something to be feared."[/list]

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

26 , MARCH , 1969

The Prosperity Coalition Party

| [I]Democratic Action Party (DAP)[/I] leader [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I], [I]Peninsular People's Party (PRS)[/I] leader [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] and [I]People's Progressive Party (PPP)[/I] leader [I]D. R. Seenivasagam[/I] would meet, discuss and agree to form a new coalition party. This new coalition would be called the Prosperity Coalition Party. With the party using the Hibiscus, the Malaysian national flower as the logo for the coalition. The ambition behind the formation of this new coalition is that of gathering up a combined vote to win the upcoming general election. As [I]UMNO[/I] still has a shot at winning the next general election. |

| When the coalition was publicly revealed it came with much skepticism among those who follow Malaysian politics very closely. As other coalitions had formed in the past, which were meant to be a opposition of the [I]Alliance Coalition Party[/I]. But with [I]Alliance[/I] now [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54855333]defunct[/URL], people who follow politics closely are expecting that the new [I]Prosperity Coalition Party[/I] will be a successful coalition that'll fill in the void that [I]Alliance[/I] left behind. |

| However many of those who participate in politics are doubtful of the coalition's capability to remain stable and not fall apart like [I]Alliance[/I] did. As there might be a conflict of interest among the present coalition members. This is because [I]PRS[/I] has expressed an interest in renewing leftism in Malaysian politics, as the present government led by [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] had gone out of its way to limit leftism in politics as leftist societies had been gaining traction in local elections but lost traction once local elections had been permanently suspended. However [I]PPP[/I] in contrary to their name, have never shown signs of leftist ideology or the interest in renewing leftism in Malaysian politics. Instead they've been more interested in forming a singular Malaysian national identity. The [I]DAP[/I] is in the middle of its two colleagues, as they have in the past very publicly admit their socialist ideology and they are the successor of the [I]People's Action Party of Malaya[/I]. The [I]PAP[/I] Malayan branch. As many members of the [I]DAP[/I] are ex-[I]PAP of Malaya[/I] members including present chairman of the [I]DAP[/I], [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I]. They carried on the idea of civic-nationalism. |

| However the first hurdle for the coalition would arrive as current chairman of the [I]PPP[/I], [I]D. R. Seenivasagam[/I] announced his decision to step down from politics to make way for his brother [I]S. P. Seenivasagam[/I] to take the position of chairman of the [I]PPP[/I]. This decision has spelled already potential doom for the [I]Prosperity Coalition Party[/I] as one of its founding members had decided to step down already. However that wasn't the only hurdle for the new coalition as rumours have begun to enter circulation on future [I]UMNO[/I] leader [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] meeting with [I]GERAKAN[/I] leader [I]Syed Hussein Alatas[/I] discussing the potential of forming a reborn [I]Alliance Coalition Party[/I], with [I]GERAKAN[/I] filling in the spot left behind by the [I]Malaysian Chinese Association (MCA)[/I]. This is due to [I]GERAKAN[/I] popularity among the Chinese community and [I]GERAKAN[/I] itself being a split off of the [I]MCA[/I] and even the [I]DAP[/I]. The biggest opposition to [I]UMNO[/I]. |

| Despite for these potential issues the [I]Prosperity Coalition Party[/I] is facing. [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] organised a [I]Prosperity Coalition Party[/I] meeting which would be left open doors and open windows, to allow for the event to be publicised and he [I](Goh Hock Guan)[/I] had decided to quote [I]Lee Kuan Yew[/I]

[List][I]"Malaysia – to whom does it belong? To Malaysians. But who are Malaysians? I hope I am, Mr Speaker, Sir. But sometimes, sitting in this chamber, I doubt whether I am allowed to be a Malaysian."[/I][/list]

The meeting would be publicised as the

[List]"Very First Prosperity Coalition Congress"[/list]

Within the articles about this meeting. [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] quoting [I]Lee Kuan Yew[/I] would be publicised to an absurdity. |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye, Spain-, Poland1St, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | APRIL 1969[/list]

[list][list]在日米軍

[pre]UNITED STATES FORCES JAPAN[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

YOKOTA AIR BASE

[sub]FUSSA, TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1994932

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, United Jericho, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Post self-deleted by United Jericho.

[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A[/pre]

[sup][sub]Distributed by Saudi Arabian Media, all rights reserved[/sub][/sup]

| [sub][sup]National Broadcast[/sup][/sub] | The Man who Needed an Army

| Saudi Arabia is a land of law and peace and p a staple in the Middle East for its laws and law enforcement. However, some, elusive criminals, can slip through the fingers of law enforcement, and that was the case with criminal convict Suhammad Un Scanta, a criminal who was number one priority by the government intelligence agency for over a decade. This man was only taken out by a complete surrender to an army force of over 100 men. This is the story for a man who needed an army.

| From humble beginnings in Salvan, a oasis city in the eastern desert of Arabia, he committed his first crime when he was around 14-15 years old, we do not know the exact age due to insufficient documentation of the criminal act. The child was subjected to criminal charges as a teenager and continued to live off a life of thievery and petty crimes, until around 1960, where his crimes began to become more vicious then simple stealing purposes, and turned to murder.

| The time of his first murder is unknown, all we do know is that he murdered young women who were usually under the age of 23. His first victim was Jane Kelly, an American immigrant who had been murdered while walking to the supermarket, no signs of assault had been shown, simply a dead body. At first, police thought she had died of natural causes, but, upon further investigation, she was found dead by murder. The murder was completely unsuspected as there had been no witnesses, nor no one nearby, even though said supermarket was usually busy at noon, but when the murder happened, it seemed silent inside, with only six customers or so. As time went from 1960-1965, he was suspected of over 123 murders of men and women, and out of all of the murders, not one was a child. The murder kept slipping through law enforcements hands, escaping custody multiple times. He was finally located on April 1st, 1969, where a force of one hundred men would be sent to surround his supposed location. As the day of the operation came, the force surrounded the small cabin at which his exact corridantes were set, and finally captured him through threat at 2:33 GMT on April 1st, 1969. He was sentenced to death by hanging and was executed a day later. This action by government showed that even through the most impossible circumstances, the Saudi Arabian government finds the impossible.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium

The Presidency of Daniel Fignole (1962 - 1970)

The Fignole Presidency would be transformative for Haitian society overall. As for the first time, Haitians would be free. The two main focuses of the Fignole terms in office would be The Church and Land Reform.

A Strike Against The Church

| A major issue that the Fignole government would face is the status of the Catholic Church in Haitian society. Despite officially having no state religion, an 1860 concordat with the Papal States, and later the Vatican City. This concordat would establish an official primacy of the Catholic Church over Haiti, further, it would provide state funding, and tax exemptions, and require all schools to teach Catholic Church-approved doctrine and religion.

The opposition claims that Fignole was a communist or state atheist were largely unfounded. He would; however, amend the Constitution in 1965. In this amending he would officially separate church from state, ending the 105 concordat with the Catholic Church.

Further reforms would block any religious institution's ability to receive public funding. Tax exemption status would be withdrawn for churches that owned farmland or real estate outside of their church. Exemptions in general would be expanded to all religions that officially applied to all religions that applied with the government.

Finally and most importantly, a clause in the constitution would grant religious freedoms, but such freedom cannot be “opposed to morals, to good customs or the public order.” Granting the government the right to restrict any that do betray the before-mentioned clause.

Land Reform: 150 Years Late

| The next major issue would be land reform. Between the aristocratic forced labor of the kingdom, U.S. corporations during the occupation, and elite stranglehold since then, had effectively carved up and stolen all the land villages, and farmers had once used. Once again avoiding the calls from radicals within and outside of his party, Fignole would institute what he called “Moderate Land Reform.”

The center point of this land reform would be restrictions on corporate ownership. Food processing factories and facilities would be entirely banned from acquiring farmland to prevent vertical integration. Corporations and investment firms would be entirely banned from purchasing or leasing agricultural land. While they would keep their current lands they would be prevented from new acquisitions. Further farming cooperatives would be entirely exempt from these laws, and instead protected.

The next major step would be land redistribution. Between the years of 1962-1970 cultivated land by small farmers would be increased from 10% to 40% with hundreds of thousands of acres being redistributed to a combination of enterprising farmers, agricultural cooperatives, and villages. To attain this land, the government would appropriate unused, or new acquisitions by large estates, and give it to small farms. The large estates beyond being compensated would also be granted generous tax breaks if they partnered with, and helped small starting-off farmers to succeed. This would create a more integrated and helpful system.

The Church Strikes Back

| The church would however not accept this lying down. They used their massive funds to begin running candidates in campaigns against the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement. In the 1965 Legislative Elections, church money would lead to numerous pro-church candidates winning seats.

In response to this blatant interference, Fignole would pass a series of legislation that firstly, banned priests, clergy, and other members of churches or religious institutions from holding office or even speaking on public political matters. Secondly, churches would be banned from donating money to political campaigns.

The response would be massive, protests would break out in Santo Domingo, and Port-au-Prince denouncing what was seen as a major unprecedented attack on religion. While some more radical members would once again pressure Fignole to outright ban the church, and begin a campaign of anti-clericalism, Fignole would once again show restraint.

In an impassioned plea to public crowds, the President would reaffirm his commitment to his faith, while denouncing how religion had been used to further political gains. Pointing out how the church had strayed from its original path owned massive swaths of land, and actively opposed government redistribution, and help for the poor. With restraint, and a series of passionate speeches, slowly many protestors would return home; however, a small core of religious conservatives would remain scorned and plotting.

The Elites Make Their Move: 1968 Coup Attempt

| Unwilling to take even the moderate reforms put forward by President Fignole, many of the wealthiest Haitian families like the Baptiste, and the Acra would back Antonio Thrasybule Kébreau the commander and chief of the Haitian Army, encouraging Kébreau to organize and launch a coup against Fignole.

The coup however would quickly fall apart. Despite the military being under the command of Kébreau finding anyone who was actually willing to get rid of Fignole was difficult. Fignole’s land reform was massively popular among the peasants who made up the majority of the army. Even despite the unrest that had come from his church's limitations, it was still a popular move among the Afro-Haitian underclass, many of whom, still practiced vodun, or incorporated those practices into their religion.

The plot would be uncovered by Fignole, who would have Kébreau, the Baptiste and the Acra families arrested on treason charges.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Le Equatoria, Independent Singapore

[list][list]FEBRUARY 1969

[sup]Quay D’Orsay[/sup][/list]

[pre] N I X O N ¹ [/pre]

[list][sub][pre]They’re the Great Silent Majority!

And they have become angry — finally;

angry not with hate but angry, my friends,

because they love America and they don't

like what's happened to America —

America needs leaders to match the greatness of her people![/pre][/sub]

[pre]PARIS, the seat of De GAULLEISM and NATO[/pre][/list]

[list][list][list][list]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐖𝐇𝐈𝐓𝐄 𝐇𝐎𝐔𝐒𝐄

𝐖 𝐀 𝐒 𝐇 𝐈 𝐍 𝐆 𝐓 𝐎 𝐍[/list][/list][/list][/list]

[pre]TOP SECRET

|COPY w/ FRENCH GOV.[/pre]

[list][pre]PARIS SCHEDULE[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[table=noheader][tr][td][list][sub]FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1969 (I)[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]1400 — — Arrive Orly airfield, Paris

President (General) deGaulle greets the President and escorts him from the plane past a military band, colors (where the anthems are played and honors taken) and troops on a red carpet.

Enter Grand Salon d'Honneur building — French dignitaries and officials of U.S. embassy are introduced. Walk to the Left end of the room where they make statements. Press pool of 50 will cover.

Those Present:

Prime Minister Jacques Chaban-Delmas

Foreign Minister Debre

Ambassador Shriver

1415 — — Motorcade of 10-15 cars departs (balance of people then depart in second motorcade)

1435 — — Arrive (Quay D’Orsay) Palace of Foreign Affairs

The President introduces his official party to General deGaulle

1440 — — General deGaulle departs.

STAFF TIME

1515 — — President, accompanied by PM. Chaban-Delmas, departs Quay d’Orsay.[/pre][/td]

[td][list][sub]FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1969 (II)[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]1520 — — Arrive at the Etolie and met by French government officials.

“Aux Champs” is sounded - honors for the President of the United States of America.

President escorted past Honor Guard commander to a position facing colors. Other official U.S. participants take position behind the President and face colors.

National Anthems

President reviews Honor Guard (Garde Republicaine) as he proceeds to Tomb of Unknown Soldier. Accompanied by Chaban-Delmas, Mesmer, Duvillard and Meltz. President greeted by President of the Committee des Souvenirs and takes position in front of Tomb.

Other official U.S. participants take position behind President and face tomb.

1525 — — Wreath handed to President by two reps of U.S. Defense attache. President lays wreath on Tomb.

“Aux Morts” sounded followed by a minute of silence. End of silence indicated by drum roll. President escorted to left of Tomb and signs Gold Book.

Other U.S. officials follow behind President for rest of ceremony.

“Aux Champs” sounded again and honor guard renders salute to President. President escorted to the back of the tomb where he is presented to two reps of a group of about 30 French and American Veterans.[/pre][/list][/list][/td][/tr][/table]

[table=noheader][tr][td][list][sub]FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1969 (III)[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]1528 — — Departs Tomb.

1530 — — Private meeting between President and General deGaulle at Elysee.

U.S. of America: The President & GEN. Walters (Interpreter)

French Republic: President deGaulle (pronounced day-Gole)

1730 — — President departs Elysee

1740 — — Arrive Quay d’Orsay

STAFF TIME

1955 — — Depart Quay d’Orsay

2000 — — Arrive Palace of the Elysee via the Seine side Gate.

Introductions:

The President

Secretary of State

Kissinger

Hillenbrand

2030 — — Dinner hosted by General deGaulle & Mme deGaulle

Black tie - long dresses

10-minute toast by General deGaulle, reciprocated by the President.

U.S. Participants in Dinner

The President

Secretary of State

Dr. Kissinger

Asst. Sec. Hillenbrand

GEN. Walters

6-7) Amb. & Mrs. Shriver

15 more U.S. dignitaries on seperate list.

2230 — — Return to Quay ‘Orsay

OVERNIGHT[/pre][/list][/list][/td]

[td][list][sub]SATURDAY, MARCH 1, 1969[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]0935 — — Depart Quay d’Orsay

1000 — — Arrive Trianon, Versailles

General deGaulle welcomes the President. To the General’s rooms for conversation. GEN. Walters will provide translations.

The Secretary of State may arrive later and join the Foreign Minister for simultaneous talks.

1130 — — Presidents join following advisors for enlarged meeting.

U.S. of America: Secretary of State, Dr. Kissinger, Asst. Sec. Hillenbrand, Mr. Eagleburger (notetaker)

French Republic: PM Chaban-Delmas, FM Debre

1315 — — Luncheon by General deGaulle for forementioned party and Ambassador Shriver.

1500 — — Talks resumed.

1610 — — Depart Trianon.

1630 — — President meets with distinguished French citizens at Embassy.

1730 — — Depart Embassy

1735 — — Arrive Quay d’Orsay

STAFF TIME

1950 — — Depart Quay d’Orsay

2000 — — Arrive Embassy for dinner hosted by President for General and Madame deGaulle and some 50-60 Guests.

Black tie - shorter toasts.

U.S. -participants are the same as listed for the dinner by deGaulle

2200 — — Depart dinner

2210 — — Arrive Quay Orsay

OVERNIGHT[/pre][/list][/list][/td][/tr][/table]

[table=noheader][tr][td][list][sub]SUNDAY, MARCH 2, 1969[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]0900 — — Depart Quay d’Orsay

0905 — — President meets with U.S. Peace Talks Delegation at Embassy, lead by Ambassador Lodge, concerning the War in Vietnam and the ongoing Peace Talks here.

1135 — — Meeting with U.S. Delegation ends -- Amb. Lodge conducts the President to his office to meet with South Vietnamese.

1150 — — Meeting with Vietnamese ends

1200 — — Greet Embassy employees

1225 — — Depart Embassy

1230 — — Arrive Palace of the Elysee, President has final private talks with General deGaulle.

1330 — — The President meets with the North Atlantic Council leadership for two hours at the NATO Headquarters² in Paris.

1730 — — The President depart for airport

1850 — — Arrive Orly airfield, Gand Salon. Departure ceremonies (reverse of arrival expect no statements)

1900 — — Depart Paris enroute Rome & Vatican[/pre][/list][/list][/td][td][list][pre]NOTES[/pre]

[list][list][pre]The PRESIDENT's first trip abroad is projected to last from late February to early March of '69.

The summit, focused on what may be known as the North Atlantic "core" will not only have

The PRESIDENT meet with nation heads of state and their governments but also that of the

North Atlantic Council, imperative to the security of the Atlantic Treaty amidst ongoing

disputes in Central Europe and the Adriatic.[/pre][/list][/list][/td][/tr][/table]

[table=plain][tr][td][pre]Shared with H.R. Handelman³ and H.A.K.⁴ who also attended the trip alongside POTUS.[/pre][/td][/tr][/table]

[list]

[pre]TOP SECRET

|COPY w/ FRENCH GOV.[/pre]

[sub]The PRESIDENT’s visit to France, followed by Italy [sup]Arcanda[/sup], the Vatican [sup]Holy Vatican City States[/sup], Slovenia [sup]Amsterwald[/sup], W. Germany [sup]New Provenance[/sup], Norden [sup]Meerkien[/sup], the Netherlands [sup]Hollunde[/sup], Wallonia [sup]Osivoiii[/sup], and the United Kingdom [sup]Great Britain Gb[/sup].[/sub]

____________

[sub]¹ A Series: NIXON, Events corresponding to the summit and nadir of RICHARD M. NIXON’s Presidency, both domestic and international alike.[/sub]

[sub]² NATO Headquarters, In our world, President JOHNSON resolved De GAULLE's concerns over the integrated military command; HQ stays in Paris and France asserts equal status, ending the Anglosphere's duality.[/sub]

[sub]³ H.R. Handelman, NIXON's White House chief of staff and his consequent involvement in the Watergate scandal.[/sub]

[sub]⁴ H.A.K., Dr. Henry A. Kissinger, who although serving as POTUS' National Security Advisor, already began to overshadow William P. Rogers, the actual Secretary of State.[/sub][/list]

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Lucaswrld, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, United Jericho, Le Equatoria, Zingium

★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★

[list][list][list][pre]

"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."

ANWAR EL-SADAT

[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

_________________

[list][sub]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐀𝐑𝐀𝐁 𝐒𝐓𝐑𝐄𝐄𝐓[/sub]

[sub]G R I N T A[/sub]

[sub][sup]APRIL 1969 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]

[list][sub]Egyptian football boasts of the richest legacies in African and Arab football, having excelled and succeeded in continental (winning 2 African cups) and regional (winning an Arab cup) competitions. The United Arab Republic's position has never really been in threat despite successive challenges from continental rivals from Ghana to Sudan to Ethiopia.. A notable highlight in recent years was the country's legendary football run which saw it beat giants such as France and advancing to the round of 16 before being falling to Brasil.[/sub]

[sub]However, following their World Cup exit, the United Arab Republic faced a period of turmoil. Despite their achievements, several players found themselves disappointed with their performance, as such many from that squad retired within the next two years, including some star player such as Salah Selim. This was compounded by the suspension of all football activities in the country due to the Six-Day War, which led to diverting resources and facilities for military use.[/sub]

[sub]With no league and many of its best players retired, the future for the continent's most prestigious nation was in doubt. In most cases, the Egyptian Football Association would have floundered, however the success of the football team became one of the paramount objectives of the 'Culture & Sports' department of the Arab Socialist Union, created by request of new General-Secretary Khaled Muhyi al-Din. Much like how Cuba and the Soviet Union recognized the use of sport in promoting a specific vision of the ideal Socialist Man and how they served in nationalist purposes, so did the United Arab Republic.[/sub]

[sub]Consequently, the Football Association underwent restructuring, receiving a new budget and implementing a five-year plan for football reconstruction in the United Arab Republic. Recognizing the necessity of a distinct identity, the search for a capable leader began.[/sub]

[sub]The italian word Grinta roughly translates to grit, however in Egyptian media it has come to mean the equivalent of fighting spirit or passion. If there's one thing that the U.A.R team is known for, it is Grinta. Alfredo Foni has had a storied career, most importantly for the EFA he is a coach with a strong personality and a defined tactical vision. Achieving fame with an Internazionale side that combined the strong defensive record of the catenaccio with devastating counter attacks, Foni fits the profile of the perfect U.A.R manager, one who would match the Grinta and passion that is needed of any manager of the team. [/sub]

[sub]Having coached national teams like Italy and Switzerland, as well as his storied history with Inter Milan, Foni was the most high-profile and experienced figure hired in years. The Egyptian F.A entrusted him with the task of reshaping the team before the planned league restart in the 1970/1971 season, with the ultimate goal of winning the 1970 African Cup of Nations.[/sub]

[sub]When the league stopped, many of the country's best players decided to try their luck abroad to get consistent game time. One of those were Hassan Shehata, one of Zamalek's young stars and its highest rated prospect in years who went to Kuwait. Shehata was one of many that Foni scouted before coming to Cairo to get a feeling for many of the main players. Others included Taha Basry, a fellow Zamalek youth prospect and mercurial winger who also went abroad to Kuwait, Tersana star man Hassan El-Shazly, one of the few of the World Cup generation that remained and one of the current top scorers of the national team, and Ismaily striker Ali Abo Gresha who along with Shazly make a lethal striker duo. [/sub]

[/list]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

[list]1969년 04월 09일

[sub]Chasing That Feeling[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Meeting The Family[/sub][/list]

[sub]Urawa City, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

| The rain was hammering down as they drove along the motorway, having just landed an hour or so ago at Haneda Airport the two men had hired a taxi to take them to Urawa City on the outskirts of Tokyo. Thus far the pair had remained largely undetected, save for a brief moment when they thought their cover had been blown by a Japanese border guards |[list]

[sub]Shimoda Ryota, Border Guard: “Yun Jin-Ho? You look remarkably like someone familiar”[/sub]

[sub]Yi Hee-seung, Prince of Korea: “Really?”[/sub]

[sub]Shimoda Ryota, Border Guard: “You look like that Korean Prince, that’s it, really similar.”[/sub]

[pre]Hee-seung would give a light chuckle, a nervous smile appearing as he tried to hold his nerve.[/pre]

[sub]Yi Hee-seung, Prince of Korea: “I’ll take that as a compliment, I am definitely me.”[/sub][/list]

| The pair had breathed a sigh of relief once Hee-seung had been eventually let through border control. Hee-seung and Suzaku’s visit to Japan was neither official or unofficial, no one knew they were going. It had begun a month ago when a letter had arrived addressed to Hee-seung with his childhood nickname, a nickname only known by close family. The details of the letter were at best distressing; both he and Suzaku refused to believe the details of the letter, concluding it must be malicious, intentionally sent to cause a rift. That was until the second letter arrived three days later, the letter contained the exact same handwriting; similar spelling mistakes; addressed to Hee-seung in the same manner. This time the letter was signed by a ‘Tadahisa Momoyama’, Hee-seung’s eldest cousin. Suzaku remembers the moments quite clearly, while the family never spoke about former Emperor Geon’s family, he knew the only Japanese names that could turn any of them white as a sheet would be the names of Geon’s family. |

| That’s how they’d ended up in Japan in the pouring rain at seven o’clock in the evening. The letter never demanded a reply, but just gave an address, a time and a day to meet. While the decision to fly out and meet with Tadahisa may seem foolish, Hee-seung needed to know the truth. The journey took them a little over an hour, the pair sat quietly watching the lights of Tokyo go by, both filled with nerves. As the taxi dropped the pair off with their small suitcases, the pair made their way to the nearby hotel they had booked for the night, after which the pair began the walk to the bar down the road to finally meet with Tadahisa. |[list]

[sub]Suzaku Tanaka, Royal Secretariat: “Are you sure about this Hee, we can leave-”[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “Ah! There you are, I arrived a little early, but I wanted to get a private booth, so we can be left in peace.”[/sub]

[pre]Tadahisa would look between the pair, his eyes fixating on Suzaku, giving a small smile.[/pre]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “You are as handsome as the press seem to suggest, disappointing given that you sold yourself out to Korea, but we move on. Follow me.”[/sub][/list]

| An anger would flare up in Hee-seung as he went to say something, being hushed by Suzaku, who almost seemed to sense the anger building within the Prince. Following Tadahisa the pair would be led to a private booth in the restaurant area of the bar, as they took their seats, Hee-seung and Suzaku sitting one side Tadahisa on the other, the curtains were closed allowing the three of them some privacy. The atmosphere between them was awkward, no one really wanted to speak first, that was until Suzaku spoke up. |[list]

[sub]Suzaku Tanaka, Royal Secretariat: “I assume you have waited this long to send your letters for a reason? To knock Hee’s confidence as he embarks on his journey as heir?”[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “A nickname? How adorable, when’s the wedding? Oh wait you can’t. But no, I sent the letters because I learned the truth of ’Hee’s’ dear father, my uncle.”[/sub]

[pre]Tadahisa would place a brown folder on the table in front of them, a small smirk upon his face, as he began to open it. Hee-seung’s hand would slam down rather quickly on the folder preventing Tadahisa from removing anything from it. Tadahisa looked up in surprise his mouth agape.[/pre]

[sub]Yi Hee-seung, Prince of Korea: “Before we dive into the alleged crimes, why now. You never answer Suzu’s question. Harbouring this information for what, over a decade?”[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “Kitty does indeed have claws. I only came upon this information a month ago. My mother, Princess Masako, passed away and these documents were in her personal belongings. I took charge of them and have shown them to no one else. I wanted you to see them, to know what you’re letting yourself in for.”[/sub][/list]

| The three men would spend the next minutes going through the documents, they detailed various events throughout the now King Haneul’s rebellion against his brother; hit jobs, terrorism, corruption and other petty crimes. The last document would be an unredacted document relating to the death of Emperor Yi Geon in February 1957, publicly ruled as a suicide the report would contradict this, detailing the movements of a lone figure who entered the house. Two eyewitnesses, one being the taxi driver, would later identify the figure as King Haneul. A teary eyed Hee-seung would look up from the document first looking at Suzaku who looked shocked by all he’d just read, then over to Tadahisa who would look blankly back to him, giving no indication of his thoughts. |[list]

[sub]Yi Hee-seung, Prince of Korea: “W-why?”[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “Why what? Why did he kill my father, blow up buildings, or-”[/sub]

[sub]Suzaku Tanaka, Royal Secretariat: “それを続けてください” (“Get on with it”)[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “I want you to know what you’re getting involved in. I am trying to protect you.”[/sub]

[sub]Yi Hee-seung, Prince of Korea: “Rubbish.”[/sub]

[sub]Tadahisa Momoyama: “Look at our family. Your father killed mine; but we have done so much worse. Crown Prince Sado being locked in a rice chest until he starved to death; King Jeongjo dying suddenly; King Gyeongjong’s mother being poisoned because of his ill health? Need I go on? These bloodlines haven’t disappeared. They swell around us all, and most of those bloodlines are now senior civil servants and politicians in Korea. These documents will return with you, I am merely warning you.”[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore

Post by Yugh Hsur Solesm suppressed by Paramountica.

Yugh Hsur Solesm

you will go to jail

Post by Yugh Hsur Solesm suppressed by Paramountica.

Yugh Hsur Solesm

hey you are weak challenge me if you dare

[B]A COSTLY PLEA

[sub]| 20 June 1969 | San Isidro, downtown Quito, Quito Canton, Pichincha, Ecuador |[/sub]

[Spoiler=PLAY ME!]https://youtu.be/gxAVOGCpauc?si=jk32F02jT7Ydsmyw[/spoiler]

The brisk Friday morning was shaping out as any other in Quito's prestigious and historical barrio, Guápulo, decorated with elegant colonial-style homes and coupled with an invaluable view of the entire city from the broad hillside of which the neighborhood is intendedly sequestered. Here, within his estate, the nation's Defense Minister, General Jorge Acosta Velasco, adjusts the collar of his debonair three-piece suit in the mirror. His hair, neatly tapered, glistening with pomade wax as he carefully palms minor portions sticking out of place. Briefcase in hand, the General would hurriedly bid adieu to his spouse and children before rushing out from the front door and over to the silver 1967 Mercedes-Benz 280 SE parked out front. Leaving in a hurry, Velasco wasted little time reversing outward and proceeded through the windy stretch of road leading down the hillside to the city. Today, he is scheduled to meet with Lieutenant-General Stanley H. Beeman of the United States Army at the offices of the U.S. Embassy in downtown Quito, with the intent to negotiate a reinstatement of U.S. military aid to Ecuador, which has remained under formal suspension since 12 December 1968. As an extended consequence for increasingly souring relations, the Ecuadorian Armed Forces were barred from consideration to participate in trials testing the U.S. Army's prototype XM191 system. With the General's keen personal interest in military armaments and technologies, he had hoped to restore that consideration.

As he drove, Velasco remained unsuspecting of the sandalwood brown 1968 Ford LTD that had began tailing him since his departure, or that it's occupants had been staking-out the residence, even. Subsequently, he lead his stalkers directly to the U.S. Embassy gates with but a single car between himself and the assailants, before being accosted by gate security personnel with instructions to proceed toward a public complimentary lot located across the street. As the General reversed and redirected, the Ford LTD followed his convertible 280 SE down the way and into the parking lot. While he parked, the LTD continued to drive and slowly circled the lot a few times before 'settling' on a secluded parking stall, though with the Mercedes-Benz conveniently in view from the side mirror. Within, two men watched Velasco clear his briefcase from the trunk and awaited him to make clear from his vehicle. Before starting off in direction of the embassy, Velasco set down his briefcase to retrieve a soft pack of Marlboro cigarettes from his navy blue suit jacket, extracting and igniting one to enjoy upon the walk over. Puffing smoke to air, he clutched the briefcase back to his left hip side while his right hand, the smoking hand, is sheathed under a black glove.

The driver watched Velasco fade from mirror view and cranked the Ford back over, with a groaning whine the 4.9L Windsor V8 sputtered a touch before heaving a sudden boister to life. Steadily pulling down the column shift lever, the driver reared the LTD and made way out of the parking stall, returning to where the 280SE was parked. Their vehicle rounded, coming to a stop right behind the convertible and when the passenger door swung open, out exited a dark-haired man concealed behind a pair of sunshades, wearing a sage green MA-1 nylon bomber jacket. The man took a good look around in every direction as he got down to subtly slip a small AUSCO hydraulic hand jack underneath the Mercedes-Benz, pumping the automobile upward just enough to slide under the vehicle's engine bay and locate the main brake line whilst the Ford LTD blocked outside view of the scene. Below, the man actuated a pocket flashlight to abet his search and quickly found the hose in question. Utilizing a pair of handheld cutters, he managed to sever the line with a few strong incises, causing a fair amount of brake fluid to spew out onto the pavement beside him. Before sliding back out, the man ensured there were no auxiliary lines leading up direct to the brake master cylinder. In but a moment, the Mercedes-Benz was already lowered back to the ground and the man shuffled the jack back into his hand as he made to the passenger seating of the Ford LTD. Inconspicuously, the two men glided off in no hurry at all, seemingly as if business per the usual.

The saboteurs exited the lot and parked parallel along De Los Guayacanes, a particularly large, busy main avenue, keeping the U.S. embassy building in sight whilst they stake Velasco's eventual exit, committed to certify the results of their plan with their own eyes. One and half hours later, they spotted Velasco's dark suit making way to the exit gate leading out to the sidewalk. As they watched him step out of the embassy gate, he repeated much the same routine as when he disembarked from his vehicle for the embassy, fitting the black glove upon his right hand, Velasco placed down the briefcase and retrieved a cigarette from the soft pack tucked away within a breast pocket, lighting it with a flip lighter, then picking the briefcase back up, proceeding in direction of the parking lot.

Turning the engine over, driver watched intently for the nose of the Mercedes-Benz 280SE to arise from the lot exit, until finally it reared out, the silver finish and chrome accents gaudily reflected the sun as it pulled off. Traveling eastbound down the avenue, Velasco unknowingly drove right passed the parked duo. Allowing a car to pass between them, the 1968 Ford LTD lumbered away from the curb and onto the street in covert pursuit. Without knowing when or how it would happen, the men pursuing Velasco expected as much that something would happen. If not, they would be forced to improvise. In the event they had to, the passenger reached into the back seat and pulled a drab-color field blanket made into a small bundle unto his lap, unfurling the top fold to reveal a SIG P210 pistol and an IMI Uzi submachine gun stashed within, each provided alongside two magazines, just in case. Passenger loads both firearms, discreetly handing off the P210 over to the driver and choosing the Uzi for himself with a swift charge of the bolt handle atop.

Before long, having yet to approach an intersection with a signal light, the car separating them turned into a plaza to reveal the slim taillamps of the Defense Minister's convertible 280 SE less than a car's length in front. In the distance, an intersection approached, with the green light quickly changing to yellow then red. They anticipated the moment with vigor, it was sure to succeed as coordinated. Except, when the brake lights shined from Velasco's car, it indeed began coming to stop, much to their chagrin. They planned for such, however, and sprung into action, speeding up with intensity the Ford LTD jumped into the lane over and abruptly stopped right next to the car, startling the unwitting Velasco as he glanced over to the unique sight of the dark haired man leaned across the cabin aiming down the Uzi's iron-sights directly at him. Before they could take a shot, Velasco floored the gas pedal and made a quick left-hand turn through the intersection. Narrowly avoiding collision, the LTD also coarsed through the red signal in pursuit. Not but a quarter mile up that street, was yet another intersection closing from a green to a red signal. Only, this time, when Velasco went to brake, the pedal collapsed to the floorboard with minimal foot actuation and had subsequently lost all pressure to the vehicle's brakes, as stopping for the initial signal had drained the remaining brake fluid from the system lines. Whilst the 280SE barreled uncontrollably towards the bustling intersection, the two men hung back in their vehicle, at a moment's ready to perform a swift U-turn back up the road the opposite direction. Within seconds, the General's vehicle collided devastatingly into the side of the load container to a 1966 Mack U-Model semi-trailer truck.

With screeching tires the Ford made a mad dash away from the scene of the accident, clearing and re-stashing their armaments into the blanket fold and tucking them back underneath the seat. It had worked out after all, and they didn't have to leave bullets behind for evidence. In the hour, news stations from across Ecuador had arrived on scene and later confirmed reports from first responders that Minister of Defense, General Jorge Acosta Velasco, was pronounced dead on arrival.

——

[spoiler=[sub]Dios, Patria y Libertad![/sub] —] Adriatican Islands Amsterwald Anglo Channel Arcanda Bhaarat Lok Cascadla Cheezaslovakia Connomia East Germany Ddr Great Britain Gb Greater Kurdistane Hatzburg Israelli Kewtpuff Klingenthalerburg Kotakuan Ii Ma-Li Maziya Metropolitan Francais Mutawakkiliti Nevbrejnovitz Newauroria New Provenance Nileia Nippon-Nihon Osivoii Paramountica Paseo Peking Zhongguo Pontianus Provenancia Ranponian Rio De La Plata Argentina Rutannia Saudi Arabiyah Socialist Democratic Republic Romania Spainard Spain- The Confederate Prussian Empire Vancouver Straits Victoria Harbor Vietnam Sv Virnall [/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium

[pre]١٩٦٩, Abril — April, 1969

SIRA HQ, Khartoum 2nd Neighborhood, 39th Avenue East, Khartoum, Province of Khartoum(Mukata’et Khartoum)[/pre]

[list][pre]The Republic Of Sudan • جمهورية السودان[/pre][/list]

[list][list]NIMERY HEADS SIRA AND SDF ALLIES IN PLOT TO QUELL THE TROUBLES OF THE 1970 ELECTIONS[/list][/list]

Born in Omdurman under British colonial rule in 1930, Gaafar Nimiery had lived a humble yet duty-bound life to the movement of Sudanization that had engulfed his homeland. He became ever more involved in this movement after having joined the Wad Madani Secondary School’s Sudanese Nationhood Club, which had gained city-wide popularity following the declaration of victory by the Sudanese Defense Force in Keren, which saw the Italian Empire defeated in Eritrea as part of World War Two’s East African campaign. This victory was amongst the many boosts to Sudanese nationalist sentiments that would continue to gain traction in the late 40s, up until Sudan’s independence from the British Empire in 1950.

In his 20s, with the outbreak of a war in Eritrea that had plunged Sudan into an economically catastrophic military arms race with the Ethiopian Empire, Nimiery decided to follow a career in military service by attending and graduating from the Omdurman War College in 1952. He then served and rose through the ranks of the Sudanese Defense Force between 1953 the 1958, before he had been motivated to enter the country’s Security Intelligence and Response Agency, as a result of the brief insurrection taken by Mahgoub and the Confluence in eastern Darfur against the monarchist government of Khalil and the Commonwealth. It was this exhibit of desecration to the unity of a young nation, that drove Nimiery to realize and view the aspect of Sudanese Democracy with high skepticism, that he saw as ideologically extremely desperate to be westernized, making it incompatible with the nature of Sudanese Society. Nevertheless, his willingness to serve in the country’s intelligence agency was not contradictory to him, in part, it was part of his jihad to secure the state and solidify it. He believed revolution, the revolution to awaken a united stable Sudanese giant, can succeed only when the arms and arteries of the state act in the interest of the people, rather than in the interest of preserving the political establishment and corporate opportunity.

The 1970 elections are soon to be upon this crumbling democracy, amidst a sea of authoritarian states. The last 6 years have shown Nimiery that with each election, there has been a constant uptrend of rising political unrest, riots in industrial cities and population centers, and violence amongst tribal and political groups that have caused bloodshed. The unity of the Sudanese Republic has been once again tested like it was a decade prior in El Daein, with the 1967 elections concluding in brutal riots on the streets of the capital, amidst public anger towards Israel's war of aggression towards Sudan’s neighbors and Allies in the Arab Republic. Much of the anger was directed at the moderate government consisting of the Liberals and Democratic Unionists, who now see their ranks dwindling to the Islamist and Arab Nationalists. Of course, under a crisis like this, someone is bound to benefit, with that someone being none other than Gaafar Nimiery himself, who had generously accepted President Lwoki’s appointment to make him the new director of the SIRA. Immediately the up-and-coming start of the intelligence community started his fast task with the mission of clamping down on the riots and those inciting them, per orders of the President’s initiative to restore law and order to the capital.

Within the first year of tenure, Director Nimiery had managed to arrest several communist and Arab Nationalist dissidents, however many critics of the Agency had stated Nimiery was more concerned with combatting and limiting the influential reach of the communists than he was with punishing the Arab Nationalists for their anti-semitic violence spree in the city’s Jewish neighborhoods. However ironically enough, while the communists accuse the SIRA of being in tandem with the UAR’s mukhabarat, the Arab Nationalists are accusing Nimeiry of being an agent of Israel’s Mossad intelligence agency, given the SIRA’s alleged dealings with Jerusalem, and being an implant of the west seeking to stifle Nasser’s Arab revolution from spreading to Sudan and her people.

Perhaps it is in this act of confusing and misleading Nimiery’s enemies that he seeks to create conflict and pretenses that allow him and the Agency to bring down the hammer of the Sudanese State on dissidents, perhaps it is in this act of stifling dissent as well that Nimiery could hope to stoke the rising tensions ahead of the elections, giving him the ability to further “guide” the Lwoki Administration towards implementing far more authoritarian and stricter measures to ensure the stable unity of the Republic at all costs. The President after all seems already convinced that the Communists and Arab Nationalists present an existential threat to his ideology of ensuring Sudan’s federal system maintains its delicate balance of power amidst the Provinces and the Central Government. But with the presence of Soviet military influence in neighboring Asmara and the Nasserist ideology in Cairo, Lwoki feels as if his hands are tied in the matter. Nimiery on the other hand, had formulated a plan that would bring the Nationalists to heal, and set the Communists on the run. This was the path that he, as the Director of Sudan’s special and intelligent police force, has set forth for his country. A plan that leaves a number of his comrades in the SDF and the SIRA, standing ready to act for the Republic and her safety, to their sworn duty.

———————————————

AL-NASRU LENA!

AL-NASRU LE SUDAN!

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore, Arezahi

[I]Rudá pravda

After the Czech reforms were brutally supressed by the USSR and it's Warsaw Pact allies in the last year, the train of reform ground to an absolute halt.Its memory has acquired a negative significance as marking disillusion of political hopes within Czechoslovak communism. Indeed, hidden and rejected from the collective memory, the Prague Spring of 1968 was rarely mentioned in Prague and is often considered a painful defeat, a symbol of disappointed hope and surrender .When Stanislava Draha woke up on August 21, 1968, on the first day of her vacation, she turned on the radio and heard a report about a fire and shooting near the state radio headquarters in central Prague. When she looked outside the window and heard tanks going by, she realized it was a live broadcast.Fearing that residents might get hurt, Draha dressed quickly and ran to Czechoslovak Radio on Vinohradska Street. There she saw wounded and disoriented people running out of a building damaged by bullets and tank fire. Along with some passersby, she ran into the building as glass and plaster fell around them.On the staircase near the second floor, Draha met an elderly man who had a broken nose and was bleeding profusely. She decided to help him get to the Vinohradska hospital, which was a distant 3.5 kilometers from the radio building. As they approached the Orionka tram station they saw an officer from the invading Warsaw Pact. Noticing that the man was hurt and covered in blood, the officer offered to drive them to the hospital. Draha described the officer as a very decent man.Draha spent the rest of that day on the streets of Prague treating wounded people, helping them get home, and taking photos to document what was happening around her.She says the invasion of her country had a major impact on her life and caused her to worry about the future of Czechoslovakia.

By the morning of 21 August, Dubček and other prominent reformists had been arrested and were later flown to Moscow. There they were held in secret and interrogated for days.The conservatives asked Svoboda to create an "emergency government" but since they had not won a clear majority of support, he refused. Instead, he and Gustáv Husák traveled to Moscow on 23 August to insist Dubček and Černík should be included in a solution to the conflict. After days of negotiations, all members of the Czechoslovak delegation (including all the highest-ranked officials President Svoboda, First Secretary Dubček, Prime Minister Černík and Chairman of the National Assembly Smrkovský) but one (František Kriegel) accepted the "Moscow Protocol", and signed their commitment to its fifteen points. The Protocol demanded the suppression of opposition groups, the full reinstatement of censorship, and the dismissal of specific reformist officials.It did not, however, refer to the situation in the ČSSR as "rebellious" nor did it demand a reversal of the post-January course. The document included among its many expectations, promises to protect socialism in Czechoslovakia, to act upon the promises made in the Bratislava Declaration, to denounce the 14th Party Congress and its resolutions, to restrain critical Czechoslovak media, and to reject any interference in the Eastern Bloc by the international bodies.

An acute state of demoralization and a state of stillness descended upon the bereaved and betrayed Czechoslovak nation. First betrayed by the allies in the Munich Agreement and now again by it's own allies.During the invasion, taking advantage of the chaos ,

A planning for a coup was undertaken by Indra, Kolder and Biľak, among others, often at the Party recreation centre at Orlík Dam. When these men had managed to convince a majority of the Presidium (six of eleven voting members) to side with them against Alexander Dubček's reformists, by the time the news of the invasion and news about the casulaties of Czechoslovak citizens came upon the radio, the rebellious cabal lost its nerve and ditched the plans for a takeover by the conservative faction . In order to prevent his dismissal on Soviet orders , Dubček would tone down the reforms and reverse some of the most drastic ones.The chief objectives of Dubček's normalization were the restoration of firm party rule and the reestablishment of Czechoslovakia's status as a committed member of the socialist bloc. The normalization process involved five interrelated steps:

- consolidate the leadership and remove the reformers from leadership positions

-revoke or modify the laws which were enacted by the reform movement

- reestablish centralized control over the economy

- reinstate the power of police authorities; andexpand Czechoslovakia's ties with other socialist nations.

It would involve careful adherence to the Soviet Union's policy objectives and the use of what was perceived as the minimum amount of repression at home necessary to fulfill these objectives and prevent a return to Dubček-style reformism. The result was a regime that, while not a complete return to Stalinism, was far from being a liberal one either.

Prague-born Palach decided to sacrifice himself in protest of the invasion and set himself on fire, in Wenceslas Square, on 16 January 1969.Jan Palach put down his coat by the railing of the fountain and took out a bottle with the inscription Ěter from his briefcase. He opened it with a knife and put it to his face. He then doused himself with gasoline at the fountain and set it on fire. He jumped over the railing, ran between parked cars towards the monument of St. Wenceslas. He was then nearly hit by a passing tram. That is probably why he turned towards the House of Food, fell on the road near it and was extinguished by random witnesses with their coats. At Palach's prompting, the onlookers opened the briefcase left by the fountain and read his letter. After a few minutes, an ambulance from the Ministry of the Interior, which happened to be passing by, stopped at the scene.Just a few hours after Palach's act, the clinic was besieged by journalists demanding information about his health. The head of the burns department, Jarmila Doležalová, therefore decided to close the clinic and allowed only Palach's mother and brother Jiří to visit. She didn't even let Public Safety investigators into the room, who wanted to find out details about Palach's potential followers. She only took over from them a reel-to-reel tape recorder, on which Palach's possible statements were to be recorded .According to the recollections of the medical staff, Jan Palach insisted throughout that the group of his followers really existed. However, he refused to answer the question of who its members are. On January 17, 1969, psychiatrist MUDr. Zdenka Kmuníčková on a tape recorder (supplied by Public Security) a short interview with a burned student. In it, he repeated the demands of his letter and emphasized that he wanted to wake people up with his action. On the same day, Palach was also visited in his room by his mother and brother, who were badly shaken. Both were subsequently hospitalized in a psychiatric clinic.Jan Palach's health condition was very critical during the entire hospitalization. Doctor MUDr. When he was admitted to the ward, Marta Zádorožná stated that he had suffered second and third degree burns on almost 85 percent of his body, which in the vast majority of cases is incompatible with life. Still, Palach, who was administered analgesics to dull the pain, was interested in the repercussions of his act.On January 20, 1969, the day after Jan Palach's death, a memorial procession passed through Prague, attended by several tens of thousands of people. The event, organized by the Association of University Students of Bohemia and Moravia, started on Wenceslas Square and ended in front of the Faculty of Arts building of the Charles University. Several speakers spoke from her gallery.Similar ordeals also took place in many other cities of Czechoslovakia. Similar to August 1968, Prague's Wenceslas Square became the main gathering place for the public. An honor guard with a flag stood in front of the statue of St. Wenceslas, which was decorated with a number of leaflets, portraits of Palach and candles. On the fountain in front of the National Museum, the posthumous mask of Jan Palach, which was donated to the students by the sculptor Olbram Zoubek, was on display.Already in January 1969, poets also reacted to Palach's act. In the poems that were published in newspapers and magazines, they impressively captured the atmosphere of that time.The funeral of Jan Palach was scheduled for Sunday, January 25, 1969. It was organized by the Association of University Students of Bohemia and Moravia. He also won approval thanks to the peaceful procession from Wenceslas Square to the main building of the Faculty of Arts, which was organized by the student union on January 20, 1969 and which was attended by several tens of thousands of people. The representatives of the SVS wanted to bury their colleague in Slavín, but they did not get the approval of the official authorities. The Olšan Cemetery was therefore chosen as Jan Palach's final resting place.The casket with Palach's remains was already on display in Karolina since Friday, January 24, 1969, where tens of thousands of people came to say goodbye to the deceased student. On the same day, a funeral procession took place in the evening in Všetaty, which was attended by most of the local residents. In the morning of January 25, 1969, the ordeal continued, shortly after noon the funeral ceremony began in Karolina's courtyard.

"In this cynical century, in which we are often frightened by others and we are frightened by them, and in which we are often frightened by how small we all are inside, he led us to ask the question that can make us great people : What have I done for others, what is my heart, what do I pursue, what do I serve, what is the highest life value for me?'

-Speech by Reverend Jakub S. Trojan at the grave of Jan Palach, January 25, 1969[/I]

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia, Zingium, Independent Singapore, Arezahi, Southyemen

[pre]𝐑 𝐎 𝐘 𝐀 𝐋 𝐒 𝐀 𝐔 𝐃 𝐈 𝐀 𝐈 𝐑 𝐅 𝐎 𝐑 𝐂 𝐄[/pre]

| Bomber Goes Missing over Anatolian Coasts |

| At around 3:30 AM, a bomber was flying over the Anatolian Coasts for a training drill and routine defense exercise when at 3:48 a bomber known as the VSV Muhammad went missing from the radar. As this was reported, they found wreckage on the coast of Istanbul where many came and saw the marvel. The pilot was dead and the crew as well. The military came and took care of it, having to file with local government in order to pay for damages. This is the current file on the plane;

[table=noheader][tr][td][list][sub]NATIONAL MILITARY INFORMATION FILE APRIL 1969[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]Pilot Information[/pre]

5’’4 Amber Brown Male, Name Sunnad Al Qatari, Nationality; Arabian, Born March 15th, 1940, No Known Family, most likely immigrant, and Islamic.

[pre]Plane Information[/pre]

Model 7 Bomber; Standard bombing weapons, tactical sniper mounts, around 13.8 meters in length and 8.4 meters in width, up to date maintenance records, trained pilots, and no known malfunctions and/or malware.

[pre]Maintenance Records[/pre]

[list]Maintenance, January 15th 1956

Rear Repair, broken during unspecified repairs

Unknown damage to oil converter, battery damaged along with it

Guns broken after extensive usage

-END OF KNOWN REPAIR RECORDS-[/list]

[pre]Last Known Transmission;

“This is… flight squadron XXV going in for landing at Al Sassnid, watch for excessive wind pressure and velocity’s, weather unexpected. See ya there major.”[/pre][/td][/tr][/table]

| A truly saddening story, as the pilot never made it, and nothing is known about the crew, it is likely they were undocumented as most repair crews are due to the unesscary paperwork put on diplomats to record their actions. The people consider this accident a “ignorant act of the government for not being aware of this incident and the damage of the aircraft” and mourn the loss of the pilot, Sunnad, who was a mere 29 years old when he passed due to the crash. As police investigate further, there may be more answers to come in the future.

[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]~Sunnad Al Qatari~[/sub]

A Memoir

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Bhaarat Lok

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Hatzburg

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Klingenthalerburg

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Vietnam Sv

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Arezahi

The 1969 Presidential Election

April - September 5, 1969

| As the 1969 Presidential elections approached, President Daniel Fignole made a surprising announcement, he would run again for the Presidency.

Excerpt from the President’s Speech, April, 1969

| ”Many people have asked me, Mr President, will you retire? I say no, I will not yield. When they say aren’t you afraid of being coup’d again? I say no, I will not yield. When the elitists, and their corrupt lacky’s threaten me, and tell me to back down, I say no, I will not yield! When the church summons damnation upon me, and calls upon God himself to strike me down! I still do not yield! When the heavens throw a hurricane at us, and the Earth itself cracks open and shakes the nation to its core, I do not yield! I will not step down, and I will not retire until the day I know I have left behind a better Haiti for all those who live in it. And If anyone thinks they can stop what I am doing for my people, I will be forced to use my woulo (roller) to destroy them! Our work is far from finished, and I am far from finished, I hope you all stand behind me again, as I announce here to you today, that I will run for the Presidency again this year.”

The Party Shatters - June 1969

| Chaos, confusion, and betrayal, these were the feelings that swept through the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement. Fignole was popular, and had achieved much during his 7 years in power. He was never supposed to rule for longer than 2 terms. The vast amounts of power the Presidency had been given was supposed to be turned back to the government. Keeping Fignole in power was seen as inviting a step towards dictatorialism, especially those like Juan Bosch on the left wing of the party.

Announcing their official departure from the party, the Haitian Peasant and Worker Movement entirely ceased to exist. The main left wing contender for the election would be Juan Bosch’s Haitian Liberation Party (PLH), numerous other parties on the left would also spring up as the coalition fell apart, these included the People’s Force and the Broad Front. Meanwhile rallying the remaining members of his bloc, Fignole would found the Modern Revolutionary Party (PRM), this party would have a distinctly center-center right leaning, as those members had stayed loyal to Fignole. Some smaller right wing parties would include Patriotic Unity (INITE/UNIDAD), and Haiti in Action.

1969 Presidential Election - September 1969

Modern Revolutionary Party: 73.67%

Haitian Liberation Party: 22.53%

People’s Force: 3.50%

Broad Front: 0.2%

Invalid Ballots: 0.1%

| The election as expected was a crushing victory for Fignole. Chants of "woulo konpresè" (steamroller) , a nickname given to Fignole, would ring through the streets of Port-au-Prince, and Santo Domingo. The shattering of the party had devastating legislative effects as well. MP’s began to shift around trying to create a new majority in parliament, while extracting concessions from any party to secure their support. The Modern Revolutionary Party would as expected continue to have a sizeable majority, but just shy of the supermajority, in the Chamber of Deputies.

As new battle lines were drawn, Fignole also drew up his plans for his third term, his reforms, and idealized vision of being the Franklin Delano Roosevelt of Haiti. The Haitian New Deal lay just on the horizon.

Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Sealom, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Arezahi

MAY , 1969

The Results Are In!

| The 1969 Malaysian General Election had come to an end. Voting has officially stopped and the results were in the process of being gathered. |

| The final results are as follows:

[List][I]- Democratic Action Party (DAP): 23%

- United Malay National Organisation (UMNO): 19%

- Peninsular People's Party (PRS): 15%

- Malaysian Islamic Party (PAS): 14%

- People's Progressive Party (PPP): 10%

- Malaysian Chinese Association (MCA): 5%

- Malaysian People's Movement Party (GERAKAN): 4.5%

- Sarawak United Peoples' Party (SUPP): 3%

- Sarawak National Party (SNAP): 2.5%

- United Sabah National Organisation (USNO): 2.5%

- Bruneian Federalist Party (BFP): 2.1%

- Bruneian People's Party (BPP): 1%

- Parti Pesaka Sarawak (PESAKA): 0.9%[/I] |[/list]

| With the [I]DAP[/I], [I]PRS[/I] and [I]PPP[/I] being in a coalition. The new administration would be led by the [I]DAP[/I] officially but on paper and all official documentation it will say that their led by the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54920260]Prosperity Coalition Party[/URL]. However the results of this election is a massive upset for [I]UMNO[/I], as with the retirement of [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] a heavy amount of popularity for the party was lost as [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I] was not only the previous prime minister but also the [I]founder of Malaysia[/I]. In a huge ploy to try and get [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] the chairman of the [I]DAP[/I] to not become the prime minister. [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] the new chairman of [I]UMNO[/I]. Attempted to convince the Yang di-Pertuan Agong that [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] is not likely to command the confidence of the majority of the members of that House of Representatives, the elected lower house of Parliament. But the Yang di-Pertuan Agong argued that [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] won the election fair and was elected by the populace and revoking him from the seat of prime minister. A seat he won fair and square. Would most likely cause a national crisis on top of the two current national crisis of the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54670450]Malaysian Emergency[/URL] and the Sarawakian Insurgency. |

| With it being confirmed by the Yang di-Pertuan Agong himself that [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] would become the prime minister. As some had speculated that the Yang di-Pertuan Agong would turn around the election results and put [I]UMNO[/I] chairman, [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] in the position of prime minister. [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] first task as the prime minister would be to assemble his suggestions for his cabinet to the Yang di-Pertuan Agong for approval. It would be confirmed that those who would be a part of [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] cabinet are:

[List][I]Prime Minister: Goh Hock Guan

Minister of External Affairs: Goh Hock Guan

Deputy Prime Minister: S. P. Seenivasagam

Minister of National & Rural Development: S. P. Seenivasagam

Minister of Labour: Ahmad Boestamam

Minister of Local Government & Housing: Ahmad Boestamam

Minister of Home Affairs: Yeap Ghim Guan

Minister of Justice: Yeap Ghim Guan

Minister of Education: Yap Pian Hon

Minister of Health: Lee Lam Thye

Minister of Welfare Services: Lee Lam Thye

Minister of Defence: Lee Lam Thye

Minister of Finance: Ahmad Nor

Minister of Works, Posts & Telecommunications: Abdul Muluk Daud

Minister of Information & Broadcasting: Abdul Muluk Daud

Minister of Commerce & Industry: Mohd Ramly Ismail

Minister of Agriculture & Cooperatives: Abdul Rahman Yunus

Minister of Lands & Mines: Sivasubramaniam Sivasambandan

Minister of Youth, Culture & Sports: Yap Boon En

Minister of Sarawak Affairs: K. Ramasamy

Minister Without Portfolio: Bernard Sta Maria [/I] |[/list]

| With the success of the [I]DAP[/I] in winning their first ever general elections and toppling the once what seemed to be undefeatable [I]UMNO[/I] led government. DAP held a victory rally in Kuala Lumpur. The rally soon turned rowdy, as party members and Malay bystanders started to shout racial epithets at each other. With news of this incident coming out, [I]UMNO[/I] began plotting to hold their own rally on the 13th of May in retaliation. |

______________________________________________

[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]

COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY

—]

Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald

Anglo Channel

Arcanda

Cascadla

Cheezaslovakia

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Greater Adriatican State

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Israelli

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Ma-Li

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Mutawakkiliti

Neepal

Nevbrejnovitz

Newauroria

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rio De La Plata Argentina

Rutannia

Saudi Arabiyah

Socialist Democratic Republic Romania

Spainard

Spain-

Sudesam

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore, Arezahi

[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | MAY 1969[/list]

[list][list]放射化した学生たちが激怒する

[pre]RADIALIZED STUDENTS FLARE UP[/pre][/list][/list]

[pre] O K I N A W A N O H I [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり

O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

GINZA — AFTERNOON

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]

| The Okinawans were uncomfortable and outraged when they looked at the televisions in a Tokyo TV studio. On the screen were scenes of student radicals invading the Ginza area, throwing Molotov cocktails at police officers, and obstructing car and train traffic. Police used tear gas and high-pressure water hoses to keep the 8,000 protesters under control. In the process, around 900 students were detained and 160 people were injured. It was once again OKINAWA NO HI in Japan and college students showed their support for the return of the Ryukyu Islands, including Okinawa, to Japan. However, the protesters’ slogans did not pay as much attention to Okinawa, focusing instead on anti-Premier SATO and anti-American posturing. For the 300 Okinawans who traveled to Tokyo to organize their own restrained protest — and who felt each other’s interests were at stake — it was a worrying day. |

[list]| TSUNEO TOMITA, [sub]Okinawa Resident[/sub] | “I fear that student violence will harm the movement for us. This will confuse the basic issue.”[/list]

[list][list]学生の暴力が私たちの運動に害を及ぼすのではないかと心配しています。 これでは基本的な問題が混乱します。[/list][/list]

| In both Tokyo and Okinawa’s capital, Naha, Okinawans also organized protests, but more purposefully and peacefully. In Naha, 20,000 people gathered to hear Chief Executive CHOBYO YARA and SHINEI KYAN, head of the Council for the Return of Okinawa Prefecture to the Fatherland, demand that Okinawa return to Japan. |

[list]| SHINEI KYAN, [sub]Head of the Council[/sub] | “The louder people shout, the more strength public opinion will have to support our goal.”[/list]

[list][list]人々が叫ぶ声が大きければ大きいほど、世論は私たちの目的を支持する力が強くなります。[/list][/list]

| For 24 years, since the Americans liberated the coast of Okinawa at the end of the war, the island has been transformed into the largest aircraft carrier in the world. There are now 45,000 American troops on Okinawa. From Kadena Air Base, sounds of B-52 jets occur almost every day on bombing missions over South Vietnam. America’s spending now represents 60% of Okinawa’s $644.4 million GNP. If the Americans withdrew from the island, Okinawa’s economy would be greatly damaged. Okinawa businesspeople are already pessimistic. A survey conducted found that 75% of 200 business owners interviewed felt that U.S. withdrawal would harm profits. Americans are everywhere and there is evidence to prove it. Along Route 1, built by the Americans, there are pizzerias, drive-in restaurants, souvenir stands, and laundromats. Big American cars drive through the Naha’s cramped streets. Soldiers and their families go to local stores, the ladies wear scarves over the inevitable hair rollers. In Koza, the closest big city to the Kadena base, there are several bars, and few nights go by without at least one fight between Americans and Okinawans. Not as visible, but equally widespread, is American control of Okinawa’s affairs. Except for Berlin, Okinawa is the last occupied territory of World War II. Although Okinawa has its autonomous government, the chief executive reports to the American High Commissioner, who is Lieutenant General JAMES B. LAMPERT. The “Hicom”, as everyone calls him, has the power to veto all legislation on the island, intervene in civil and criminal legal matters, and even dismiss any public official. So far, the legislative veto has not been used: Okinawa politicians simply do not propose laws that they consider can be eliminated. But many officials were dismissed in the past, and when Naha elected a Communist mayor in ‘56, the High Commissioner made him resign. |

| Washington’s official position is that, although Okinawa is rightfully and eventually Japan’s, the island’s strategic location makes continued American control necessary for some time. Returning the island to Japan would greatly reduce its usefulness, since EISAKU SATO was forced, by strong internal pressures, to maintain that the harsh restrictions on American bases in Japan would also apply to Okinawa. This autumn, when The PRIME MINISTER meets with RICHARD NIXON at the White House, he is expected to maintain this uncompromising position. With Washington’s commitment to Asian security remaining strong, a troop withdrawal from Okinawa appears a dubious prospect. These B-52s will likely continue to take off from Okinawa’s airstrips toward Vietnam, or remain ready to defend Free China, Korea, and Japan if necessary. |

Paramountica, Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Independent Singapore, Arezahi

[sup]-- SOUTHERN RHODESIA --[/sup]

╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾

[sup]MAY 1969[/sup]

[sup]|-| A MOVE TO PEACE? |-|[/sup]

[sup]Ian Smith organized a series of meetings today between his cabinet and Joshua Nkomo's ZAPU party, which dominates the African roll in the senate, to move towards a peaceful solution to the conflict in Rhodesia.[/sup]

[sup]A Meeting Between Former Foes[/sup]

[sup]Ian Smith and Joshua Nkomo were certainly two very different men. They did not agree on many things politically and socially, both represented different causes and considered the other another hurdle to their views of "utopia". As different as they were, both men agreed on something, however. They both wanted peace for their respective groups, perhaps for the greater good of the nation, and when ZAPU agreed to lay down its arms and enter politics under the African roll, it marked a significant period of progress, even if still unfair, and the opening of rolls allowed for legal and easier compromise between parties, a well-timed action given the opening to the Bush War. Considering this, and with thoughts to the upcoming 1970 general election, which will see hostilities within the country placed extremely high on the minds of many voters, Ian Smith's Rhodesian Front has come forward to negotiate with Joshua Nkomo and Ndabaningi Sithole's ZAPU party, which currently controls thirty-two (32) of the fifty (50) seats given to the African roll and earned in an election held briefly after RR establishment.[/sup]

[sup]Negotiations were held within the parliament building in Salisbury, a long table consisting of four (4) seats on both sides in the middle of the room. Representing the European roll on the left side of the table were Ian Smith, Prime Minister, John Wrathall, Deputy Prime Minister, Lance Smith, Minister of Internal Affairs, and Jack Howman, Minister of Defence. The African roll on the right side was represented by Joshua Nkomo, President of ZAPU, Samuel Parirenyatwa, Vice-President of ZAPU, Ndabaningi Sithole, Chairman of ZAPU, and Leopold Takawira, External Secretary for ZAPU. The meeting was tense at the beginning, with both sides shaking hands and taking their respective seats. A deafening silence followed, with neither party bringing anything forward. Finally, after a considerable amount of time, the silence was interrupted by a request from Smith to bring the participants some tea and coffee, and after doing so, Smith began. Pulling out a folder, he reminded the men across from him that the details of the meeting were not to be released under threat of imprisonment, then presented the men with the folder. J. Nkomo began reading, his eyes searching the paper. Upon finishing, he looked at Smith with a tense look, not knowing whether to be outraged or intrigued at the proposal presented. "Ian," Nkomo lightly began, "this is undemocratic in every sense." Smith simply looked at him, after all, he was right in that it was undemocratic. "Please, let me elaborate and explain it for a minute," Ian replied after some thought. The folder, which Ian elaborated on, presented an operation that would be conducted by the Ministry of Internal Affairs to replace various lower-level government officials around Rhodesia who were suspected of aiding ZANU or being disloyal to the government with loyalists or even neutral candidates, many of which would be selected from ZAPU. This would be done by using a variety of methods to falsify charges and justify their removal or arrest.[/sup]

[sup]Once Smith finished elaborating on the plan, Nkomo asked for a private talk with his cadres, which Smith was all too happy to use to do the same. Both sides eventually met back at the table. Nkomo spoke first, and sternly said that they would accept doing something of such, but only if it was done legally and in exchange for a positive outcome for the African community. The European representatives had expected something like this and had prepared an agreement already. Lance Smith removed his suitcase from under the table, opened it, and took out a large folder, placing it calmly on the table. It was a peace plan for the nation, one to solve many of the race-based issues rotting the country away. The plan detailed an extensive democratization process that would last an entire decade and change the very face of the nation. Firstly, race rolls would change in African favour, but only by fifteen (15) seats onto the current fifty (50), bringing the African roll to sixty-five out of one hundred (65/100) seats. Secondly, Africans would be allowed into the RSF and BSAP with equal pay and privilege. Thirdly, social, economic, and institutional restrictions were to be almost entirely removed within the nation. Lastly, recognition would come of the African languages within Rhodesia, and the country would be renamed Zimbabwe-Rhodesia if passed in a parliamentary vote. The changes presented were radical, but the timing for it couldn't have been better for the European roll. European immigration into Rhodesia has reached its predicted peak, with the Bush War expected to end much of it in coming years, additionally, no institution has become marginalized enough yet to stop functioning in the events these changes came into effect, guaranteeing a relatively smooth transition and completely ruling out any governmental or legal discrimination against Europeans for their complicity in events throughout the nation's history.[/sup]

[sup]The final benefit for the Europeans from the deal was that it would allow a vote in parliament to dismiss many of those previously mentioned who were disloyal or aiding ZANU by getting an endorsed proposal from the African roll (which would be easily passed by ZAPU) to dismiss or place charges on them. This would affect all politicians, but no Europeans, as none met the prerequisites to have such charges levied against them. The economic crisis combined with a possible civil war-like conflict was simply unappealing to the cabinet of Ian Smith, as it would be to any ruling government, so they frankly observed this as a way out of a deteriorating situation. Nkomo read it with shock, neither he nor any of his fellow party members had expected something as changing as this. Nkomo privately talked again with his cadres for a couple of minutes before returning to the table. They were in, but before the meeting could conclude, Ian Smith made a demand. Mugabe was to be shunned, completely. He had abandoned ZAPU, stolen funds and arms from the party, stolen members, and was probably going to imprison or do worse to his former comrades in ZAPU. The catch? He was a propaganda minister for a long time. His face was on everything. Complete shunning would be a pretty bad hit for ZAPU on top of what he already did. Before Nkomo could voice these concerns, S. Parirenyatwa pulled him away for a private talk. During it, he voiced his support for this, reminding Nkomo that the average African in Zimbabwe was less focused on who compared to what they could bring. If they got this deal with ZAPU's name on it, they'd probably continue to dominate politics. Nkomo and Parirenyatwa returned and Nkomo put out his hand, Smith shook it.[/sup]

[sup]All the participants signed the laid-out documents. The meeting had concluded.[/sup]

╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾

Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Arezahi

The Great Game Part 2: Who dictates policy?

With Suharto now officially President of Indonesia and the People’s Consultative Assembly in session, the matter of forming a cabinet and leading the nation through actual policy came to the forefront. The very restrictions that Suharto had feared the moment he was approached by the members of the Old Guard appeared just as soon as he had taken his oath of office. Despite controlling most of the executive power and the state apparatus, Suharto was forced to share power with the Radicals and the Old Guard, while paying attention to the needs of student groups who had supported him. In other words, Suharto had merely taken the long way around to position himself in the same place as his predecessor.

His legitimization as President effectively ended the Supersemar, which had given him extraordinary powers to act in the face of Communist insurgency. However, that hadn’t deprived Suharto of his extensive presidential powers, which he had used to not only ensure victory for Gerindra, but to also ensure that enough members of the House of Representatives were loyal to him and him alone. While that gave him some sway over the MPR as a whole, it did little to diminish the power of A.H Nasution, who had once again taken on the role of Speaker of the MPR while simultaneously serving as the Deputy Chairman of the political party he had founded alongside Suharto who had of course taken up the role or Chairman of Gerindra.

It would be difficult to describe just how much power Suharto had as President. Indonesia, a presidential republic with a strong executive, had the makings of a republic that could be ruled solely by a strong presidency. But the reality was very different. For Suharto, his power lay in the factions that had formed in the aftermath of the 30th of September Incident and the individuals holding up the New Order regime. His control and lack of control of certain ministries, government offices and agencies and even some elements of the military, curtailed or limited Suharto in both an official and unofficial capacity. While the President was officially the commander-in-chief of the armed forces and the head of the cabinet, the reality was that Suharto would have to take up said responsibilities through intermediaries who would undoubtedly ask for something in return and at times outright refuse to carry out his orders. Power in Indonesia thus rested not upon the President as outlined by the constitution, but rather in the President’s ability to compromise with the various factions in control of the government.

Suharto himself had absolute power over the office directly under the President, also known as the Executive Coordinating Office also known simply as Kantordinasi. Kantordinasi was controlled by the infamous Aspri, a group of Suharto closest and most loyal assistants, allies, associates and partners who were given positions directly appointed by the President within his own office. The highest office within the Kantordinasi was that of the State Secretariat, a sort of chief of staff for the President of Indonesia. This office was occupied by Aki Murtopo, long considered to be Suharto’s right-hand man and his closest and most loyal associate. Murtopo in turn served as the executor of the President’s policies within the Kantordinasi and officially, the cabinet. In reality, Murtopo’s authority only extended to a handful of ministries, including the Home Affairs Ministry (in control of the Indonesian police and other security services), the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and the Ministry of Finance. Control of the latter was significant, as it allowed Suharto to allocate funds to various government agencies and ministries, giving him a key bargaining chip in relation to the government budget.

The Old Guard, now nominally led by Abdul Haris Nasution, held control over the People’s Consultative Assembly and in turn, the House of Representatives. While the 100 Independent members of the House aligned largely with Suharto, the remaining majority had mixed loyalties, but largely backed Nasution and the other members of Indonesia’s most powerful faction after Suharto’s Loyalists. Through his own influence, Nasution controlled the Ministry of Defense, and various ministries related to national development, infrastructure and natural resources. It gave Nasution effective control over the armed forces, though even this was split, with most of the Indonesian Air Force and Navy being under the direct control of the Old Guard, while the Army remained divided between the Radicals, Suharto and the Old Guard. However, the Old Guard’s most powerful tool was the MPR itself. The Assembly was the only one capable of approving the government budget and laws proposed by the President. However, only the flip side, the MPR had no power to pass laws without the consent of the President, and the government budget required de-facto presidential approval through his ability to distribute said funds once in the hands of the government.

The power of the Radikals within the government was surprisingly low for a group that had been so instrumental in the rise of Suharto. A mixture of their small numbers coupled with their lack of presence outside the military and intelligence circles greatly limited their power to influence anything within the civilian apparatus. However, that didn’t make them any less of a threat. Many radicals were embedded within Indonesia’s intelligence agencies, particularly the State Intelligence Agency (BNI) and the clandestine Kopkamtib, an organization formed by Suharto to suppress dissent and cement his hold on power. Remaining Radicals were embedded within the Indonesian Army, particularly special forces such as Kopassus and Suharto’s own Army Strategic Reserve Command, better known as Kostrad. While most radicals had little interest in setting policy themselves, they saw any deviation from the New Order and Pancasila as a threat to the state and likely not hesitate to act on their own accord to safeguard what they see as the only ideology keeping the country united and away from the clutches of Communism.

The Indonesian Student’s Action Front (KAMI) could be described more as a political pressure group or lobbyist organization within the Suharto presidency. KAMI’s membership consisted of university students, intellectuals, and even alumni of Indonesia’s top universities and foreign universities who now served as the backbone of the government’s workforce. In other words, KAMI could subtly influence policy by embedding themselves within government institutions and taking advantage of Indonesia’s dire need for experts as ways to shape policy. Most members of KAMI were less interested in the anti-communist aspect of the Suharto administration and more in how it could shape Indonesia’s economy and development.

With the Suharto Administration sworn in and legitimized, the factions will have to simultaneously work together and against one another in a bid to both carry out their agendas while keeping the country stable. Suharto himself, while limited by the constitution, is seeking to use his position as President to not only remove the other factions but also establish himself as Indonesia’s undisputed leader. Meanwhile, the Old Guard and KAMI are working to maintain a brand new status quo, ensuring that Suharto’s power remains limited while creating the groundwork for a modern and developed Nusantara. And finally, in the background, the Radicals watch each of the factions closely working to ensure that those who threaten the New Order are eradicated and all threats, whether internal or external, pose no challenge to the radical changes imposed upon Indonesia.

Paramountica, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium, Arezahi

Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.